Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-Q
(Mark One)
 	 	 	
þ	 	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008
OR
 	 	 	
o	 	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from                    to                 
Commission file number 0-26339
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 	 	 	
Delaware	 	77-0422528	
(State or other jurisdiction of	 	(IRS Employer	
incorporation or organization)	 	Identification No.)	
 	 	 	
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94089	 	(408) 745-2000	
(Address of principal executive offices,	 	(Registrant’s telephone number,	
including zip code)	 	including area code)	
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filings requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  þ      No  o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Large accelerated filer þ  	 	Accelerated filer o  	 	Non-accelerated filer   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	 	Smaller Reporting Company o  	
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o      No  þ
     There were approximately 527,951,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.00001, outstanding as of October 31, 2008.

   

 

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION	 	 	3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1. Financial Statements	 	 	3	 	
 		
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations	 	 	3	 	
 		
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets	 	 	4	 	
 		
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	 	 	5	 	
 		
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements	 	 	6	 	
 		
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	 	 	33	 	
 		
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	 	 	51	 	
 		
Item 4. Controls and Procedures	 	 	52	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION	 	 	53	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
Item 1. Legal Proceedings	 	 	53	 	
 		
Item 1A. Risk Factors	 	 	53	 	
 		
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	 	 	65	 	
 		
Item 6. Exhibits	 	 	67	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
SIGNATURES	 	 	68	 	
  EXHIBIT 10.1	
  EXHIBIT 10.2	
  EXHIBIT 10.3	
  EXHIBIT 10.4	
  EXHIBIT 10.5	
  EX-31.1	
  EX-31.2	
  EX-32.1	
  EX-32.2	
 2 

Table of Contents
PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	766,969	 	 	$	606,769	 	 	$	2,165,100	 	 	$	1,658,237	 	
Service	 	 	179,993	 	 	 	128,279	 	 	 	483,783	 	 	 	368,669	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	946,962	 	 	 	735,048	 	 	 	2,648,883	 	 	 	2,026,906	 	
Cost of revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	230,060	 	 	 	168,123	 	 	 	636,985	 	 	 	482,956	 	
Service	 	 	77,519	 	 	 	64,163	 	 	 	224,711	 	 	 	182,213	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	 	 	307,579	 	 	 	232,286	 	 	 	861,696	 	 	 	665,169	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross margin	 	 	639,383	 	 	 	502,762	 	 	 	1,787,187	 	 	 	1,361,737	 	
Operating expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Research and development	 	 	194,014	 	 	 	167,887	 	 	 	551,017	 	 	 	457,682	 	
Sales and marketing	 	 	200,600	 	 	 	177,762	 	 	 	576,886	 	 	 	485,263	 	
General and administrative	 	 	37,623	 	 	 	29,182	 	 	 	106,866	 	 	 	84,436	 	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	5,190	 	 	 	20,230	 	 	 	38,318	 	 	 	65,710	 	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5,062	)	 	 	9,000	 	 	 	9,164	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	437,427	 	 	 	389,999	 	 	 	1,282,087	 	 	 	1,102,255	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	201,956	 	 	 	112,763	 	 	 	505,100	 	 	 	259,482	 	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	9,740	 	 	 	17,945	 	 	 	40,517	 	 	 	76,365	 	
(Loss) gain on minority equity investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1,499	)	 	 	6,745	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	211,696	 	 	 	130,708	 	 	 	544,118	 	 	 	342,592	 	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	63,188	 	 	 	45,609	 	 	 	164,845	 	 	 	104,666	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	148,508	 	 	$	85,099	 	 	$	379,273	 	 	$	237,926	 	

Net income per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.17	 	 	$	0.71	 	 	$	0.44	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.15	 	 	$	0.67	 	 	$	0.41	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares used in computing net income per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	 	540,983	 	 	 	515,658	 	 	 	534,894	 	 	 	543,094	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	 	554,350	 	 	 	561,401	 	 	 	561,932	 	 	 	582,780	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 3 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except par values)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
ASSETS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,778,497	 	 	$	1,716,110	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	242,440	 	 	 	240,355	 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowances	 	 	368,604	 	 	 	379,759	 	
Deferred tax assets, net	 	 	172,009	 	 	 	171,598	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	40,741	 	 	 	47,293	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	2,602,291	 	 	 	2,555,115	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	427,211	 	 	 	401,818	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	110,744	 	 	 	59,329	 	
Restricted cash	 	 	43,466	 	 	 	35,515	 	
Goodwill	 	 	3,658,602	 	 	 	3,658,602	 	
Purchased intangible assets, net	 	 	35,420	 	 	 	77,844	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	113,894	 	 	 	97,183	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	6,991,628	 	 	$	6,885,406	 	

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	231,129	 	 	$	219,101	 	
Accrued compensation	 	 	129,142	 	 	 	158,710	 	
Accrued warranty	 	 	43,131	 	 	 	37,450	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	433,335	 	 	 	425,579	 	
Income taxes payable	 	 	53,239	 	 	 	52,324	 	
Convertible debt	 	 	—	 	 	 	399,496	 	
Other accrued liabilities	 	 	92,769	 	 	 	87,183	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	982,745	 	 	 	1,379,843	 	
Long-term deferred revenue	 	 	129,199	 	 	 	87,690	 	
Long-term income tax payable	 	 	82,508	 	 	 	41,482	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	20,389	 	 	 	22,531	 	
Commitments and Contingencies — See Note 9	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 528,530 shares and 522,815 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively	 	 	5	 	 	 	5	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	8,777,987	 	 	 	8,154,932	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	 	 	(5,347	)	 	 	12,251	 	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(2,995,858	)	 	 	(2,813,328	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	 	5,776,787	 	 	 	5,353,860	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	 	$	6,991,628	 	 	$	6,885,406	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 4 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
(Unaudited)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	
Operating Activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	379,273	 	 	$	237,926	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	134,623	 	 	 	143,250	 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	78,877	 	 	 	68,668	 	
Loss (gain) on minority equity investments	 	 	1,499	 	 	 	(6,745	)	
Excess tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	(38,756	)	 	 	(15,667	)	
Other non-cash charges	 	 	698	 	 	 	1,317	 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	11,155	 	 	 	(20,674	)	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	 	 	(5,346	)	 	 	6,720	 	
Accounts payable	 	 	2,738	 	 	 	19,599	 	
Accrued compensation	 	 	(29,569	)	 	 	9,800	 	
Other accrued liabilities	 	 	75,610	 	 	 	30,244	 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	49,266	 	 	 	67,727	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	660,068	 	 	 	542,165	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing Activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of property and equipment, net	 	 	(121,728	)	 	 	(110,952	)	
Purchases of available-for-sale investments	 	 	(384,835	)	 	 	(298,615	)	
Maturities and sales of available-for-sale investments	 	 	327,696	 	 	 	927,029	 	
Changes in restricted cash	 	 	(8,103	)	 	 	(7,407	)	
Payments made in connection with business acquisitions, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	(375	)	
Minority equity investments	 	 	(4,500	)	 	 	(75	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	 	 	(191,470	)	 	 	509,605	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing Activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	 	 	115,424	 	 	 	308,697	 	
Purchases and retirement of common stock	 	 	(562,187	)	 	 	(1,623,190	)	
Net proceeds from distributor financing arrangement	 	 	2,083	 	 	 	—	 	
Redemption of convertible subordinated notes	 	 	(287	)	 	 	—	 	
Excess tax benefit from employee stock option plans	 	 	38,756	 	 	 	15,667	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(406,211	)	 	 	(1,298,826	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	62,387	 	 	 	(247,056	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	1,716,110	 	 	 	1,596,333	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	 	$	1,778,497	 	 	$	1,349,277	 	

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock issued in connection with conversion of the Senior Notes	 	$	399,153	 	 	$	—	 	
Common stock issued in connection with acquisitions	 	$	—	 	 	$	14,840	 	

(1)	 	Prior period classifications have been revised to reflect the cash flow amounts reported in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.	
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 5 

Table of Contents

Juniper Networks, Inc.
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Description of Business
Juniper Networks, Inc. (“Juniper Networks” or the “Company”) designs, develops and sells products and services that together provide its customers with high performance network infrastructure that creates responsive and trusted environments for accelerating the deployment of services and applications over a single Internet Protocol (“IP”) based network. Beginning in the first quarter of 2008, the Company realigned its business groups which resulted in the following two segments: Infrastructure and Service Layer Technologies (“SLT”). The Company’s Infrastructure segment primarily offers scalable router and Ethernet switching products that are used to control and direct network traffic. The Company’s SLT segment offers networking solutions that meet a broad array of its customers’ priorities, from securing the network and the data on the network, to maximizing existing bandwidth and acceleration of applications across a distributed network. Both segments offer world-wide services, including technical support and professional services, as well as educational and training programs to their customers. Together, these elements provide secure networking solutions to enable customers to convert legacy networks that provide commoditized, best efforts services into more valuable assets that provide differentiation, value and increased reliability, performance and security to end users.
Basis of Presentation
The unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information as well as the instructions to Form 10-Q and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, including normal recurring accruals, considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. The results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2008, or any future period. The information included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” and the Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Revenue Recognition
Juniper Networks sells products and services through its direct sales force and through its strategic distribution relationships and value-added resellers. The Company’s products are integrated with software that is essential to the functionality of the equipment. The Company also provides unspecified upgrades and enhancements related to the integrated software through maintenance contracts for most of its products. Accordingly, the Company accounts for revenue in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , and all related interpretations. The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery or performance has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Evidence of an arrangement generally consists of customer purchase orders and, in certain instances, sales contracts or agreements. Shipping terms and related documents, or written evidence of customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify delivery or performance. In instances where the Company has outstanding obligations related to product delivery or the final acceptance of the product, revenue is deferred until all the delivery and acceptance criteria have been met. The Company assesses whether the sales price is fixed or determinable based on payment terms and whether the sales price is subject to refund or adjustment. Collectability is assessed based on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and the customer’s payment history to the
 6 

Table of Contents

Company. Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowance for doubtful accounts, estimated customer returns and pricing credits.
For arrangements with multiple elements, such as sales of products that include services, the Company allocates revenue to each element using the residual method based on vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of the undelivered items. Under the residual method, the amount of revenue allocated to delivered elements equals the total arrangement consideration less the aggregate fair value of any undelivered elements. Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. If vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered items does not exist, revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of (i) delivery of those elements or (ii) when fair value can be established unless maintenance is the only undelivered element, in which case, the entire arrangement fee is recognized ratably over the contractual support period. The Company accounts for multiple agreements with a single customer as one arrangement if the contractual terms and/or substance of those agreements indicate that they may be so closely related that they are, in effect, parts of a single arrangement.
For sales to direct end-users and value-added resellers, the Company recognizes product revenue upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is generally upon shipment. It is the Company’s practice to identify an end-user prior to shipment to a value-added reseller. For end-users and value-added resellers, the Company has no significant obligations for future performance such as rights of return or pricing credits. A portion of the Company’s sales are made through distributors under agreements allowing for pricing credits and/or rights of return. Product revenue on sales made through these distributors is recognized upon sell-through as reported by the distributors to the Company. Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors reflects the effects of distributor pricing credits and the amount of gross margin expected to be realized upon sell-through.
The Company sells certain interests in accounts receivable on a non-recourse basis as part of a distributor accounts receivable financing arrangement which was established by the Company with a major financing company. Accounts receivable sold under this arrangement in advance of revenue recognition are accounted for as short-term debt and had a balance of $12.1 million and $10.0 million as of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively. Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors reflects these effects of distributor pricing credits and the amount of gross margin expected to be realized upon sell-through. Deferred revenue is recorded net of the related product costs of revenue.
The Company records reductions to revenue for estimated product returns and pricing adjustments, such as rebates and price protection, in the same period that the related revenue is recorded. The amount of these reductions is based on historical sales returns and price protection credits, specific criteria included in rebate agreements, and other factors known at the time. In addition, the Company reports revenue net of sales taxes.
Shipping charges billed to customers are included in product revenue and the related shipping costs are included in cost of product revenues. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs are estimated and recorded as a reduction of revenue at the time the related sales are recognized.
Services include maintenance, training and professional services. In addition to providing unspecified upgrades and enhancements on a when and if available basis, the Company’s maintenance contracts include 24-hour technical support and hardware repair and replacement parts. Maintenance is offered under renewable contracts. Revenue from maintenance contracts is deferred and is generally recognized ratably over the contractual support period, which is generally one to three years. Revenue from training and professional services is recognized as the services are completed or ratably over the contractual period, which is generally one year or less.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment , (“SFAS 123R”) which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and directors including employee stock options, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance share awards and employee stock purchases under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan based on estimated fair values. SFAS 123R requires
 7 

Table of Contents

companies to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant using an option pricing model. The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model and incorporates a Monte Carlo simulation when appropriate to determine the fair value of stock based awards under SFAS 123R. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, included compensation expense for stock-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of the adoption of SFAS 123R, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, (“SFAS 123”) and compensation expense for the stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Compensation expense for expected-to-vest stock-based awards that were granted on or prior to December 31, 2005, was valued under the multiple-option approach and will continue to be amortized using the accelerated attribution method. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, compensation expense for expected-to-vest stock-based awards is valued under the single-option approach and amortized on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures.
Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
Goodwill is not subject to amortization but is assessed annually, at a minimum, for impairment by applying a fair value based test. Future goodwill impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their respective estimated useful lives.
Impairment
The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Juniper Networks conducted its annual impairment test as of November 1, 2007, and determined that the carrying value of its goodwill was not impaired. There were no events or circumstances from that date through September 30, 2008, that would impact this assessment. Future impairment indicators, including sustained declines in the Company’s market capitalization or a decrease in revenue or profitability levels, could require impairment charges to be recorded.
The Company evaluates long-lived assets held-for-use for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. There were no impairments for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $5.0 million, included in amortization of purchased intangible assets, in connection with the phase out of its DX product, and nil for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.
Warranties
Juniper Networks generally offers a one-year warranty on all of its hardware products and a 90-day warranty on the media that contains the software embedded in the products. The warranty generally includes parts and labor obtained through the Company’s 24-hour service center. On occasion, the specific terms and conditions of those warranties vary. The Company accrues for warranty costs based on estimates of the costs that may be incurred under its warranty obligations, including material costs, technical support labor costs and associated overhead. The warranty accrual is included in the Company’s cost of revenues and is recorded at the time revenue is recognized. Factors that affect the Company’s warranty liability include the number of installed units, its estimates of anticipated rates of warranty claims, costs per claim and estimated support labor costs and the associated overhead. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
 8 

Table of Contents

Concentrations
Financial instruments, including those held in foreign branches of global banks, that subject Juniper Networks to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments and accounts receivable. Juniper Networks maintains its cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments in fixed income securities and money market funds with high-quality institutions and only invests in high quality credit instruments. Deposits held with banks, including those held in foreign branches of global banks, may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and therefore bear minimal risk.
Generally, credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is diversified due to the number of entities comprising the Company’s customer base and their dispersion across different geographic locations throughout the world. Juniper Networks performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral on accounts receivable. Juniper Networks maintains reserves for potential credit losses and historically such losses have been within management’s expectations.
The Company relies on sole suppliers for certain of its components such as application-specific integrated circuits (“ASICs”) and custom sheet metal. Additionally, Juniper Networks relies primarily on a limited number of significant independent contract manufacturers for the production of all of its products. The inability of any supplier or manufacturer to fulfill supply requirements of Juniper Networks could negatively impact future operating results.
Fair Value Accounting
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value accounting to eligible financial assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective beginning on January 1, 2008. The Company evaluated its existing financial instruments and elected not to adopt the fair value option on its financial instruments. However, because the SFAS 159 election is based on an instrument-by-instrument election at the time the Company first recognizes an eligible item or enters into an eligible firm commitment, the Company may decide to exercise the option on new items when business reasons support doing so in the future. As a result, SFAS 159 did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , (“SFAS 157”), which is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and for interim periods within those years. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands the related disclosure requirements. This statement applies to accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements with certain exclusions. The statement provides that a fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell an asset or transfer a liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. SFAS 157 defines fair value based upon an exit price model. The Company adopted the effective portions of SFAS 157 on January 1, 2008.
The FASB issued FASB Staff Positions (“FSP”) 157-1, 157-2, and 157-3. FSP 157-1 amends SFAS 157 to exclude SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases , (“SFAS 13”) and its related interpretive accounting pronouncements that address leasing transactions. FSP 157-2 delays the effective date of the application of SFAS 157 to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. Non-recurring nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities for which the Company has not applied the provisions of SFAS 157 include those measured at fair value in goodwill impairment tests, intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment, asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value, and those initially measured at fair value in a business combination. FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in an inactive market. FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. Because the Company does not hold financial assets for which the market is inactive, the implementation of this standard did not impact our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
 9 

Table of Contents

SFAS 157 establishes a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to fair value measurement. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows: Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs based on our own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
For disclosure purposes, the Company is required to measure the fair value of outstanding debt on a recurring basis. Long-term debt is reported at amortized cost in accordance with SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments . The fair value of long-term debt, based on quoted market prices (Level 1), was $659.2 million at December 31, 2007. The Company’s Senior Convertible Notes were converted into shares of the Company’s common stock during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. See Note 4 — Other Financial Information under “Senior Convertible Notes.”
The following table provides the assets carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2008 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Quoted Prices in	 	 	Significant Other	 	 	Significant Other	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Active Markets	 	 	Observable	 	 	Unobservable	 	
Assets Measured at	 	 	 	 	 	For Identical	 	 	Remaining	 	 	Remaining	 	
Fair Value on a Recurring Basis	 	Total	 	 	Assets	 	 	Inputs	 	 	Inputs	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	(Level 1)	 	 	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	
Derivatives	 	$	(3.1	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	(3.1	)	 	$	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale investments	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commercial paper	 	$	163.6	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	163.6	 	 	$	—	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	147.4	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	147.4	 	 	 	—	 	
Government securities	 	 	324.6	 	 	 	111.4	 	 	 	213.2	 	 	 	—	 	
Money market funds	 	 	1,003.7	 	 	 	1,003.7	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Publicly-traded securities	 	 	6.1	 	 	 	6.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash equivalents, and available-for-sale investments	 	 	1,645.4	 	 	 	1,121.2	 	 	 	524.2	 	 	 	—	 	
Cash	 	 	486.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale investments	 	$	2,131.7	 	 	$	1,121.2	 	 	$	524.2	 	 	$	—	 	

 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30, 2008	 	
Reported as:	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,778.5	 	
Short-term investments	 	 	242.5	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	110.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale investments	 	$	2,131.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
The Company classifies investments within Level 1 if quoted prices are available in active markets. Level 1 assets include instruments valued based on quoted market prices in active markets which generally include money market funds, corporate equity securities publicly traded on major exchanges and U.S. Treasury notes with quoted prices on active markets.
The Company classifies items in Level 2 if the investments are valued using observable inputs to quoted market prices, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. These investments include: U.S. T-Bills, government agencies, corporate bonds and commercial paper. Investments are held by a custodian who obtains investment prices from a third party pricing provider that uses standard inputs to models which vary by asset class. The Company classifies all derivatives in Level 2 using observable market inputs and standard valuation techniques.
 10 

Table of Contents

The Company did not hold financial assets and liabilities which were recorded at fair value in the Level 3 category as of September 30, 2008.
Seasonality
Many companies in the networking industry experience adverse seasonal fluctuations in customer spending patterns, particularly in the first and third quarters. In addition, the Company’s SLT segment has experienced seasonally strong customer demand in the fourth quarter. This historical pattern should not be considered a reliable indicator of the Company’s future net revenues or financial performance.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP 157-3, Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active (“FSP 157-3”). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, in an inactive market. It demonstrates how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The Company’s implementation of this standard did not impact its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4, Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161 (“FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4”). FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”), to require disclosures by sellers of credit derivatives, including credit derivatives embedded in hybrid instruments. FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 also amend FASB Interpretation No. 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness to Others (“FIN 45”), to require additional disclosure about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee. The provisions of the FSP that amend SFAS 133 and FIN 45 are effective for reporting periods ending after November 15, 2008. FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 also clarifies the effective date in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). Disclosures required by SFAS 161 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company’s adoption of FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 on January 1, 2009, will not impact its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In May 2008, the FASB issued FSP Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement) (“FSP APB 14-1”). FSP APB 14-1 requires the issuer of certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash (or other assets) on conversion to separately account for the liability (debt) and equity (conversion option) components of the instrument in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. FSP APB 14-1 must be applied retrospectively to previously issued convertible instruments that may be settled in cash or partial cash as well as prospectively to newly issued instruments. FSP APB 14-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company has evaluated the requirements of FSP APB 14-1 and determined that the Company’s convertible debt was not subject to the requirements of FSP APB 14-1. The Company’s adoption of FSP APB 14-1 on January 1, 2009, will not impact its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used in determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. This new guidance applies prospectively to intangible assets that are acquired individually or with a group of other assets in business combinations and asset acquisitions. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. The impact of FSP FAS 142-3 will depend upon the nature, terms, and size of the acquisitions the Company consummates after the effective date.
 11 

Table of Contents

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 enhances required disclosures regarding derivatives and hedging activities, including enhanced disclosures regarding how: (a) an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and (c) derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company’s adoption of SFAS 161 on January 1, 2009, will not impact its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 addresses the accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and will be adopted by the Company on January 1, 2009. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS 160 to have a material effect on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141R”). SFAS 141R establishes principles and requirements for the acquirer of a business to recognize and measure in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statement to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141R is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Earlier application of SFAS 141R is prohibited. Accordingly, any business combinations the Company may engage in will be recorded and disclosed following existing GAAP until January 1, 2009. The impact of SFAS 141R will depend upon the nature, terms, and size of the acquisitions the Company consummates after the effective date.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period balances in order to conform to the current period’s presentation.
 12 

Table of Contents

Note 2. Investments
The following is a summary of the Company’s available-for-sale investments, at fair value (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Fixed income securities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Government securities	 	$	174.1	 	 	$	88.0	 	
Corporate debt securities	 	 	147.4	 	 	 	203.1	 	
Commercial paper	 	 	26.2	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total fixed income securities	 	 	347.7	 	 	 	291.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Publically traded equity securities	 	 	5.5	 	 	 	8.6	 	
Total	 	$	353.2	 	 	$	299.7	 	

Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Short-term investments	 	$	242.5	 	 	$	240.4	 	
Long-term investments	 	 	110.7	 	 	 	59.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	353.2	 	 	$	299.7	 	

 	 	Estimated Fair	 	
 	 	Value As	 	
 	 	of September 30, 2008	 	
Due within one year	 	$	237.0	 	
Due between one and five years	 	 	110.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total available-for-sale investments	 	$	347.7	 	
 	 	 	 	
Note 3. Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets
Goodwill
In the first quarter of 2008, the Company realigned its organizational structure to eliminate its Service segment and to include its service business into the related Infrastructure and SLT segments. As a result, the Company, with the assistance of an external service provider, reallocated goodwill of the former Service segment to the Infrastructure and SLT segments based on a relative fair value approach. Fair value was based on comparative market values and discounted cash flows. There was no indication of impairment when goodwill was reallocated to the new reporting segments.
The following table presents changes in goodwill by segment during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Balance at	 	 	 	 	 	 	Balance at	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	September 30,	 	
Segments	 	2007	 	 	Reallocation	 	 	2008	 	
Infrastructure	 	$	976.6	 	 	$	523.9	 	 	$	1,500.5	 	
Service Layer Technologies	 	 	1,879.7	 	 	 	278.4	 	 	 	2,158.1	 	
Service	 	 	802.3	 	 	 	(802.3	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	3,658.6	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	3,658.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 13 

Table of Contents

Purchased Intangible Assets
The following table presents details of the Company’s purchased intangible assets with definite lives (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Gross	 	 	Amortization	 	 	Impairment	 	 	Net	 	
As of September 30, 2008:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Technologies and patents	 	$	379.6	 	 	$	(356.6	)	 	$	(4.3	)	 	$	18.7	 	
Other	 	 	68.9	 	 	 	(51.5	)	 	 	(0.7	)	 	 	16.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	448.5	 	 	$	(408.1	)	 	$	(5.0	)	 	$	35.4	 	

As of December 31, 2007:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Technologies and patents	 	$	379.6	 	 	$	(326.0	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	53.6	 	
Other	 	 	68.9	 	 	 	(44.7	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	24.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	448.5	 	 	$	(370.7	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	77.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
There were no additions to purchased intangible assets during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007.
Amortization of purchased intangible assets of $6.5 million and $21.6 million were included in operating expenses and cost of product revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007, respectively, and $42.4 million and $69.8 million were included in operating expenses and cost of product revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007, respectively. There was no impairment charge in the three months ended September 30, 2008. In the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $5.0 million, included in its amortization of purchased intangible assets, due to the phase out of its DX products. The estimated future amortization expense of purchased intangible assets with definite lives for future periods is as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	
Years Ending December 31,	 	Amount	 	
2008 (remaining three months)	 	$	6.6	 	
2009	 	 	15.4	 	
2010	 	 	3.9	 	
2011	 	 	2.0	 	
2012	 	 	1.2	 	
Thereafter	 	 	6.3	 	
 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	35.4	 	
 	 	 	 	
Note 4. Other Financial Information
Restricted Cash
As of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, restricted cash of $43.5 million and $35.5 million, respectively, consisted of escrow accounts required by certain acquisitions completed in 2005, the India Gratuity Trust and the Directors & Officers (“D&O”) indemnification trust. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company increased its restricted cash by $0.5 million and $1.3 million to fund the India Gratuity Trust, which covers statutory severance obligations in the event of termination of its India employees who have provided five or more years of continuous service. Juniper Networks established the D&O trust to secure its indemnification obligations to certain directors, officers, and other specified employees, arising from their activities as such, in the event that the Company does not provide or is financially incapable of providing indemnification. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company also increased its restricted cash balance by $4.9 million and $6.7 million, respectively, to provide additional coverage under its D&O trust as the Company grows. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company made no releases from restricted cash for escrow payments associated with past acquisitions.
 14 

Table of Contents

Minority Equity Investments
As of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, the carrying values of the Company’s minority equity investments in privately held companies of $26.3 million and $23.3 million, respectively, were included in other long-term assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company invested a total of $2.5 million and $4.5 million, respectively, in privately-held companies. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company recognized a loss of $1.5 million related to investments in privately-held companies.
The Company’s minority equity investments in privately held companies are carried at cost as the Company does not have a controlling interest and does not have the ability to exercise significant influence over these companies. The Company adjusts its minority equity investments for any impairment if the fair value exceeds the carrying value of the respective assets.
Other Long-Term Assets
Details of the Company’s other long-term assets are as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	$	67.8	 	 	$	59.0	 	
Long-term assets	 	 	46.1	 	 	 	38.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	113.9	 	 	$	97.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Warranties
Changes in the Company’s warranty reserve were as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Beginning balance	 	$	41.8	 	 	$	35.7	 	 	$	37.5	 	 	$	34.8	 	
Provisions made during the period, net	 	 	3.8	 	 	 	10.6	 	 	 	16.0	 	 	 	31.9	 	
Actual costs incurred during the period	 	 	(2.5	)	 	 	(10.1	)	 	 	(10.4	)	 	 	(30.5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ending balance (current)	 	$	43.1	 	 	$	36.2	 	 	$	43.1	 	 	$	36.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred Revenue
Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue and accounts receivable in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Product deferred revenue, net of the related cost of revenue, includes shipments to end-users, value-added resellers, and distributors. The portion of deferred revenue that the Company anticipates will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue, and the remaining portion is recorded as long-term deferred revenue. The Company may reclassify amounts between current and long-term deferred revenue based upon its assessment of when all revenue recognition criteria are expected to be met. Details of the Company’s deferred revenue are as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Service	 	$	404.1	 	 	$	367.3	 	
Product	 	 	158.4	 	 	 	146.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	562.5	 	 	$	513.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Reported as:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current	 	$	433.3	 	 	$	425.6	 	
Long-term	 	 	129.2	 	 	 	87.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	562.5	 	 	$	513.3	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 15 

Table of Contents

Restructuring and Acquisition Related Reserves
Restructuring
Restructuring charges were based on the Company’s restructuring plans that were committed to by management. Any changes in the estimates of executing the approved plans will be reflected in the Company’s results of operations.
In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company paid $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for facility charges associated with its restructuring plans initiated in prior years. As of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, the restructuring reserve of $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, was related to future facility charges. Amounts related to the net facility charges are included in other accrued liabilities and will be paid over the remaining respective lease term through April 2009. The difference between the actual future rent payments and the net present value will be recorded as operating expenses when incurred. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no additional restructuring charges.
Acquisition Related Restructuring Reserves
Acquisition related restructuring reserves pertain to the restructuring reserves established in connection with the Company’s past acquisitions. In conjunction with various acquisitions, the Company accrued for acquisition related restructuring charges primarily related to severance and facility charges.
The Company paid $0.2 million and $0.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $0.4 million and $1.4 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively, primarily for facility related charges. The Company recorded nil adjustments to its existing acquisition related restructuring reserves for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, and recorded nil and $0.3 million adjustments to its acquisition related restructuring reserves for facility related charges in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. As of September 30, 2008, approximately $0.7 million remained unpaid, of which $0.3 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of December 31, 2007, approximately $1.6 million remained unpaid, of which $0.6 million was recorded in other long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet. All remaining restructuring reserves were associated with future facility charges and will be paid over the remaining respective lease terms through March 2011. The difference between the actual future rent payments and the restructuring reserves will be recorded as operating expenses when incurred. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company had no new acquisition related restructuring charges.
Derivatives
The Company uses derivatives to partially offset its market exposure to fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes recorded in interest and other income, net. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are largely offset by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. Cash flows from such derivatives are classified as operating activities. These foreign exchange forward contracts have maturities between one and two months.
The Company also uses foreign currency forward and/or option contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign currency transactions relating to operating expenses. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and have maturities of less than one year. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and upon occurrence of the forecasted transaction, is subsequently reclassified into the operating expense line item to which the hedged transaction relates. The Company records ineffectiveness of the hedging instruments, which was immaterial during the three and nine months ended
 16 

Table of Contents

September 30, 2008 and 2007, in other income (expense) on its condensed consolidated statements of operations. Cash flows from such hedges are classified as operating activities.
Debt
Senior Convertible Notes
In 2003, the Company received $392.8 million of net proceeds from an offering of $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due June 15, 2008 (the “Senior Notes”). The Senior Notes were senior unsecured obligations, ranked on parity in right of payment with all of the Company’s existing and future senior unsecured debt, and ranked senior to all of the Company’s existing and future debt that expressly provided that it was subordinated to the notes. The Senior Notes bore no interest, but were convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to certain conditions, at any time prior to maturity or their prior repurchase by the Company. The conversion rate was 49.6512 shares per each $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. This was equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $20.14 per share. The holders of Senior Notes with a face value of approximately $0.5 million had converted these notes prior to maturity into shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2007. As of June 16, 2008, holders of approximately $399.2 million in aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes had converted these notes into approximately 19.8 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company settled the remaining Senior Notes, with a face value of $0.3 million principal amount at maturity, for cash. As of September 30, 2008, all of the Company’s Senior Notes were retired.
The carrying amounts and fair values of the Senior Notes were (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	As of	
 	 	September 30, 2008	 	December 31, 2007	
Carrying amount	 	$	—	 	 	$	399.5	 	
Fair value	 	$	—	 	 	$	659.2	 	
Distributor Financing Arrangement
The Company recognizes the sales of accounts receivable to a financing provider according to FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 125 . The Company introduced its distributor financing program in 2006 to strengthen its channel business by promoting greater distributor volume and improved customer service. The program does not, and is not intended to, affect the timing of revenue recognition because the Company only recognizes revenue upon sell-through. Under the financing arrangements, the proceeds from the financing provider are due to the Company 30 days from the sale of the receivable. The Company pays the financing provider a financing fee based on the spread over LIBOR or SIBOR. In these transactions with a major financing provider, the Company has surrendered control over the transferred assets. The accounts receivable have been isolated from the Company and put beyond the reach of creditors, even in the event of bankruptcy. The purchaser of the accounts receivable balances has the right to pledge or exchange the assets transferred. The Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through obligations or rights to redeem, transfer or repurchase the receivables after they have been transferred.
Pursuant to the receivable financing arrangements for the sale of receivables, the Company sold net receivables of $139.8 million and $22.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007, respectively, and $306.9 million and $61.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, the Company received cash proceeds of $125.6 million and $18.3 million, respectively, and $257.7 million and $53.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The amounts owed by the financing provider recorded as accounts receivable on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, were $82.5 million and $40.4 million, respectively.
The portion of the receivable financed that has not been recognized as revenue is accounted for as a financing pursuant to FASB Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 88-18, Sales of Future Revenues. As of September 30, 2008,
 17 

Table of Contents

and December 31, 2007, the estimated amounts of cash received from the financing provider that has not been recognized as revenue from its distributors was $12.1 million and $10.0 million, respectively.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of the following (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Net income	 	$	148.5	 	 	$	85.1	 	 	$	379.3	 	 	$	237.9	 	
Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax of nil	 	 	(4.4	)	 	 	(0.1	)	 	 	(7.8	)	 	 	5.6	 	
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax of nil	 	 	(10.7	)	 	 	1.8	 	 	 	(9.8	)	 	 	5.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income	 	$	133.4	 	 	$	86.8	 	 	$	361.7	 	 	$	249.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accumulated Deficit
The following table summarizes the activity in the Company’s accumulated deficit account (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Nine Months	 	
 	 	Ended	 	
 	 	September 30, 2008	 	
Balance, December 31, 2007	 	$	(2,813.3	)	
Retirement of common stock (see Note 6)	 	 	(561.9	)	
Net income	 	 	379.3	 	
 	 	 	 	
Balance, September 30, 2008	 	$	(2,995.9	)	
 	 	 	 	
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
Amortization of stock-based compensation was included in the following cost and expense categories (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Cost of revenues — Product	 	$	0.8	 	 	$	0.5	 	 	$	2.2	 	 	$	1.5	 	
Cost of revenues — Service	 	 	2.4	 	 	 	1.8	 	 	 	7.0	 	 	 	7.0	 	
Research and development	 	 	12.8	 	 	 	9.2	 	 	 	34.9	 	 	 	28.6	 	
Sales and marketing	 	 	10.9	 	 	 	6.6	 	 	 	26.8	 	 	 	21.9	 	
General and administrative	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	3.1	 	 	 	8.0	 	 	 	9.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	28.8	 	 	$	21.2	 	 	$	78.9	 	 	$	68.7	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other Charges, Net
Other charges recognized consisted of the following (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	 	Nine Months Ended	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Restructuring adjustments	 	$	—	 	 	$	(0.1	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	(0.4	)	
Acquisition related compensation charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.3	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.9	 	
Stock option investigation costs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	6.0	 	
Tax related charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	8.0	 	
Loss (gain) on litigation settlement	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5.3	)	 	 	9.0	 	 	 	(5.3	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	—	 	 	$	(5.1	)	 	$	9.0	 	 	$	9.2	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
In the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company accrued $9.0 million for the potential settlement of its derivative lawsuits. See Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies under “ Legal Proceedings .”
In conjunction with various acquisitions, the Company accrued for acquisition related restructuring charges primarily related to severance and facility charges. The Company had no adjustments to its existing acquisition
 18 

Table of Contents

related restructuring reserves for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, and recorded adjustments of $0.1 million and $0.4 million to its acquisition related restructuring reserves for facility related charges in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
In connection with a past acquisition, the Company recorded bonus obligations of $0.3 million and $0.9 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company incurred nil and $6.0 million, respectively, in professional fees for the costs of external service providers used in the completion of its internal stock option investigation.
On March 12, 2007, the Company commenced a tender offer to amend certain options granted under the Juniper Networks, Inc. Amended & Restated 1996 Stock Plan and the Juniper Networks, Inc. 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan that had original exercise prices per share that were less than the fair market value per share of the common stock underlying the option on the option’s grant date, as determined by the Company for financial accounting purposes. Under this tender offer, employees subject to taxation in the United States and Canada had the opportunity to increase their strike price on affected options to the appropriate fair market value per share on the date of grant so as to avoid unfavorable tax consequences under United States Internal Revenue Code Section 409A or applicable Canadian tax laws and regulations. In exchange for increasing the strike price of these options, the Company committed to make a cash payment to employees participating in the offer so as to make employees whole for the incremental strike price as compared to their original option exercise price. In connection with the offer, the Company amended options to purchase 4.3 million shares of the Company’s common stock and committed to make aggregate cash payments of $7.6 million to offer participants. The Company accrued nil and $7.6 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
In addition, the Company entered into a separate agreement with two executives in the three months ended June 30, 2007, to amend their unexercised stock options covering 0.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock in order to cure the 409A issue associated with such options. As a result, the Company committed to make aggregate cash payments of approximately $0.4 million and recorded nil and $0.4 million for the payment liability in operating expense for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
Interest and Other Income, Net
Interest and other income, net, consist of the following (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Interest income and expense, net	 	$	12.8	 	 	$	18.3	 	 	$	44.6	 	 	$	77.9	 	
Other income and expense, net	 	 	(3.1	)	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	(4.1	)	 	 	(1.5	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total interest and other income, net	 	$	9.7	 	 	$	17.9	 	 	$	40.5	 	 	$	76.4	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 19 

Table of Contents

Note 5. Net Income per Share
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income per share (in millions, except per share amounts):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Numerator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	148.5	 	 	$	85.1	 	 	$	379.3	 	 	$	237.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator for basic net income per share	 	 	541.0	 	 	 	515.7	 	 	 	534.9	 	 	 	543.1	 	
Shares issuable upon conversion of the Senior Notes	 	 	—	 	 	 	19.9	 	 	 	11.8	 	 	 	19.9	 	
Employee stock awards	 	 	13.3	 	 	 	25.8	 	 	 	15.2	 	 	 	19.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator for diluted net income per share	 	 	554.3	 	 	 	561.4	 	 	 	561.9	 	 	 	582.8	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.17	 	 	$	0.71	 	 	$	0.44	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.15	 	 	$	0.67	 	 	$	0.41	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee stock awards for approximately 25.5 million shares and 21.4 million shares of the Company’s common stock in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, approximately 3.4 million and 17.6 million shares of the Company’s common stock equivalents, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.
Note 6. Stockholders’ Equity
Stock Repurchase Activities
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company repurchased $440.9 million and $562.2 million, or 18.0 million and 22.7 million shares of its common stock, respectively, under two stock repurchase programs that were authorized by its Board of Directors.
Under the $2.0 billion stock repurchase program approved in 2006 and 2007 (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”), the Company repurchased approximately 13.2 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $24.52 per share for a total purchase price of $323.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 15.4 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $24.53 per share for a total purchase price of $376.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has repurchased and retired approximately 84.8 million shares of its common stock under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program at an average price of $23.58 per share, and the program has no remaining authorized funds available for future stock repurchases.
The Board of Directors approved another $1.0 billion stock repurchase program in March 2008 (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”). Under this program, the Company repurchased approximately 4.8 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $24.66 per share for a total purchase price of $117.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 7.3 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $25.42 per share for a total purchase price of $185.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $814.6 million.
All shares of common stock purchased under the 2006 and 2008 Stock Repurchase Programs have been retired. Future share repurchases under the Company’s 2008 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market
 20 

Table of Contents

purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
Stock Option Plans
2006 Equity Incentive Plan
On May 18, 2006, the Company’s stockholders adopted the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) to enable the granting of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, RSUs, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance shares, performance units, deferred stock units and dividend equivalents to the employees and consultants of the Company. The 2006 Plan also provides for the automatic, non-discretionary award of nonstatutory stock options to the Company’s non-employee members of the Board.
The maximum aggregate number of shares authorized under the 2006 Plan is 64,500,000 shares of common stock, plus the addition of any shares subject to outstanding options under the Company’s Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Plan (the “1996 Plan”) and the Company’s 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”) that subsequently expired unexercised after May 18, 2006, up to a maximum of 75,000,000 additional shares of common stock.
Options granted under the 2006 Plan have a maximum term of five to seven years from the grant date, and generally vest and become exercisable over a four-year period. Subject to the terms of change of control severance agreements, restricted stock, performance shares, RSUs or deferred stock units that vest solely based on continuing employment or provision of services will vest in full no earlier than the three-year anniversary of the grant date, or in the event vesting is based on factors other than continued future provision of services, such awards will vest in full no earlier than the one-year anniversary of the grant date.
The 2006 Plan provides each non-employee director an automatic grant of an option to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock upon the date on which such individual first becomes a director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy (the “First Option”). In addition, at each of the Company’s annual stockholders meetings (i) each non-employee director who was a non-employee director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholder meeting shall be automatically granted an option to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock, and (ii) each non-employee director who was not a non-employee director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholders meeting shall receive an option to purchase a pro-rata portion of the 20,000 shares of the common stock determined by the time elapsed since the individual’s First Option grant (the “Annual Option”). The First Option vests monthly over approximately three years from the grant date subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service on the Board. The Annual Option shall vest monthly over approximately one year from the grant date subject to the non-employee director’s continuous service on the Board. Under the 2006 Plan, options granted to non-employee directors have a maximum term of seven years.
2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
In July 2000, the Board adopted the Juniper Networks 2000 Plan. The 2000 Plan provided for the granting of nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors and consultants. Options granted under the 2000 Plan generally become exercisable over a four-year period beginning on the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years. The Company had authorized 90,901,437 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Effective May 18, 2006, additional equity awards under the 2000 Plan have been discontinued and new equity awards are being granted under the 2006 Plan. Remaining authorized shares under the 2000 Plan that were not subject to outstanding awards as of May 18, 2006, were canceled on May 18, 2006. The 2000 Plan will remain in effect as to outstanding equity awards granted under the plan prior to May 18, 2006.
Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Plan
The 1996 Plan provided for the granting of incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutory stock options to employees, directors and consultants. On November 3, 2005, the Board adopted an amendment to the 1996 Plan to add the ability to issue RSUs under the 1996 Plan. Options granted under the 1996 Plan generally become
 21 

Table of Contents

exercisable over a four-year period beginning on the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years. The Company had authorized 164,623,039 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1996 Plan. Effective May 18, 2006, additional equity awards under the 1996 Plan have been discontinued and new equity awards are being granted under the 2006 Plan. Remaining authorized shares under the 1996 Plan that were not subject to outstanding awards as of May 18, 2006 were canceled on May 18, 2006. The 1996 Plan will remain in effect as to outstanding equity awards granted under the plan prior to May 18, 2006.
Plans Assumed Upon Acquisition
In connection with past acquisitions, the Company assumed options and restricted stock under the stock plans of the acquired companies. The Company exchanged those options and restricted stock for Juniper Networks’ options and restricted stock and, in the case of the options, authorized the appropriate number of shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to those options. As of September 30, 2008, there were approximately 2.8 million common shares subject to outstanding awards under plans assumed through past acquisitions. There was no restricted stock subject to repurchase as of September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007. There were no restricted stock repurchases during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007.
Equity Award Activities
In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company granted RSUs covering approximately 0.3 million shares and 1.2 million shares, respectively, of common stock to its employees under the 2006 Plan. The Company also granted performance share awards to eligible executives covering up to 0.9 million and 1.5 million shares of common stock in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, that generally vest from 2009 through 2012 provided certain annual performance targets and other vesting criteria are met. RSUs generally vest over a period of three to five years from the date of grant. Until vested, RSUs and performance share awards do not have the voting rights of common stock and the shares underlying the awards are not considered issued and outstanding. No restricted stock was issued in the same periods during 2008. The Company expenses the cost of the RSUs, which is determined to be the fair market value of the shares of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, ratably over the period during which the restrictions lapse. The Company estimated the stock compensation expense for its performance share awards based on the vesting criteria and only recognized stock compensation expense for the portions of such awards for which annual targets have been set. The Company accrued stock compensation expense of $0.5 million and $1.0 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.3 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively, in connection with such performance shares. In addition to RSUs and performance share awards, the Company also granted stock options covering approximately 3.2 million shares and 11.5 million shares of common stock under the 2006 Plan in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
Net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, included pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $28.8 million and $78.9 million, respectively, related to stock options, RSUs, performance share awards and employee stock purchases under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan reflecting the fair value recognition provisions under SFAS 123R. Net income for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, included pre-tax stock-based compensation expense of $21.2 million and $68.7 million, respectively, related to stock options, RSUs, performance share awards, and employee stock purchases reflecting the fair value recognition provisions under SFAS 123R.
 22 

Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s equity award activity and related information for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, is set forth in the following table:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Outstanding Options(4)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	Average	 	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	Remaining	 	 	
 	 	Available	 	Number of	 	Exercise	 	Contractual	 	Aggregate	
 	 	For Grant(1)	 	Shares	 	Price	 	Term	 	Intrinsic Value	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	(In thousands)	 	(In dollars)	 	(In years)	 	(In thousands)	
Balance at January 1, 2008	 	 	46,022	 	 	 	66,928	 	 	$	20.36	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs and performance share awards granted (2)	 	 	(5,651	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options granted	 	 	(11,467	)	 	 	11,467	 	 	 	25.59	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs canceled (2)	 	 	896	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options canceled (3)	 	 	1,824	 	 	 	(1,833	)	 	 	21.93	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options exercised	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5,308	)	 	 	15.06	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options expired (3)	 	 	650	 	 	 	(666	)	 	 	30.67	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2008 (4)	 	 	32,274	 	 	 	70,588	 	 	$	21.47	 	 	 	5.1	 	 	$	215,854	 	

			
(1)	 	Shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan.	
 		
(2)	 	RSUs and performance share awards with a per share or unit purchase price lower than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the day of the grant under the 2006 Plan are counted against shares authorized under the plan as two and one-tenth shares of common stock for each share subject to such award. The Company granted RSUs and performance share awards covering approximately 1.2 million and 2.7 million shares of common stock in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.	
 		
(3)	 	Canceled or expired options under the 1996 Plan and the 2000 Plan and the stock plans of the acquired companies are no longer available for future grant under such plans. Up to a maximum of 75,000,000 additional shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under the 1996 Plan and the 2000 Plan that subsequently expired unexercised after May 18, 2006, become available for grant under the 2006 Plan.	
 		
(4)	 	Outstanding options covering 70.6 million shares of common stock do not include RSUs and performance share awards outstanding as of September 30, 2008. See details under “ Restricted Stock Units and Performance Share Awards Activities ” below.	
A summary of the Company’s vested or expected-to-vest options and exercisable options as of September 30, 2008, is set forth in the following table:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	Average	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	Remaining	 	 	
 	 	Number of	 	Exercise	 	Contractual	 	Aggregate	
 	 	Shares	 	Price	 	Term	 	Intrinsic Value	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	(In dollars)	 	(In years)	 	(In thousands)	
Vested or expected-to-vest options	 	 	63,918	 	 	$	21.32	 	 	 	5.0	 	 	$	206,348	 	
Exercisable options	 	 	45,891	 	 	 	20.41	 	 	 	4.6	 	 	 	185,859	 	
As of September 30, 2008, options covering approximately 45.9 million shares of common stock were exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $20.41 per share. As of December 31, 2007, options covering approximately 44.8 million shares of common stock were exercisable at a weighted-average exercise price of $20.01 per share.
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal period, which was $21.07 as of September 30, 2008, and the exercise price multiplied by the number of related options. The pre-tax intrinsic value of options exercised, representing the difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the exercise and the exercise price of each option, was $15.0 million and $62.5 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively.
 23 

Table of Contents

Total fair value of options vested for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $16.7 million and $53.8 million, respectively. As of September 30, 2008, approximately $153.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.9 years.
Restricted Stock Units and Performance Share Awards Activities
The following schedule summarizes information about the Company’s RSUs and performance share awards for the nine months ended September 30, 2008:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Outstanding RSUs and Performance Share Awards	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	Average	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	Remaining	 	 	
 	 	Number of	 	Grant Date	 	Contractual	 	Aggregate	
 	 	Shares	 	Fair Value	 	Term	 	Intrinsic Value	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	(In dollars)	 	(In years)	 	(In thousands)	
Balance at January 1, 2008	 	 	6,284	 	 	$	22.40	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs and performance share awards granted	 	 	2,691	 	 	 	25.56	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs and performance share awards vested	 	 	(1,639	)	 	 	18.35	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
RSUs and performance share awards canceled	 	 	(486	)	 	 	20.71	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at September 30, 2008	 	 	6,850	 	 	$	24.73	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	$	144,326	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $26.51 per share and $25.55 per share, respectively, and was $32.29 per share and $19.79 per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance share awards granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $25.90 per share and $25.57 per share, respectively, and was $18.27 per share for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. As of September 30, 2008, approximately $72.2 million of unrecognized compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested RSUs and non-vested performance share awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years.
The following schedule summarizes information about the Company’s RSUs and performance share awards as of September 30, 2008:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	Average	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	Remaining	 	 	
 	 	Number of	 	Exercise	 	Contractual	 	Aggregate	
 	 	Shares	 	Price	 	Term	 	Intrinsic Value	
 	 	(In thousands)	 	(In dollars)	 	(In years)	 	(In thousands)	
Shares subject to outstanding RSUs and performance share awards	 	 	6,850	 	 	$	—	 	 	 	1.7	 	 	$	144,326	 	
Vested and expected-to-vest RSUs and performance share awards	 	 	4,822	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1.6	 	 	 	101,606	 	
Approximately 0.2 million RSUs and 1.6 million RSUs, respectively, became vested during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. There were no RSUs vested during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In April 1999, the Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Juniper Networks 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1999 Purchase Plan”). The 1999 Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock through periodic payroll deductions of up to 10% of base compensation. Each employee may purchase no more than 6,000 shares in any twelve-month period, and in no event may an employee purchase more than $25,000 worth of stock, determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time such option is granted, in one calendar year. The 1999 Purchase Plan is implemented in a series of offering periods, each six months in duration, or a shorter period as determined by the Board. The price at which the common stock may be
 24 

Table of Contents

purchased is 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the first or last trading day of the applicable offering period. Employees purchased approximately 0.9 million and 1.6 million shares of common stock through the 1999 Purchase Plan at an average price of $22.13 and $22.57 per share in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively. Employees purchased approximately 0.6 million shares of common stock through the 1999 Purchase Plan at an average price of $17.08 per share in the nine months ended September 30, 2007. There were no employee purchases under the 1999 Purchase Plan due to the suspension of the Purchase Plan from August 2006 through March 2007. In connection with the 1999 Purchase Plan, compensation expense of $3.6 million and $10.2 million was recorded in operating expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $2.4 million and $4.8 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. No compensation expense was recorded in the first quarter of 2007 due to the temporary suspension of the 1999 Purchase Plan. As of September 30, 2008, approximately 8.7 million shares had been issued since inception and 12.3 million shares remained available for future issuance under the 1999 Purchase Plan. The 1999 Purchase Plan will be discontinued effective February 1, 2009.
In May 2008, the Company’s stockholders approved the adoption of the Juniper Networks 2008 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2008 Purchase Plan”). The 2008 Purchase Plan was adopted to replace the 1999 Purchase Plan, which will be terminated immediately following the conclusion of the offering period ending January 30, 2009. The Board has reserved an aggregate of 12,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the 2008 Purchase Plan. The 2008 Purchase Plan is generally similar to the 1999 Purchase Plan, except that under the 2008 Purchase Plan any increases to the number of shares reserved for issuance must be approved by the Company’s stockholders. The first offering period of the 2008 Purchase Plan will commence on the first trading day on or after February 1, 2009.
Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance
As of September 30, 2008, the Company had reserved an aggregate of approximately 122.0 million shares of common stock for future issuance under its stock option plans and the 1999 Purchase Plan.
Valuation of Stock-Based Compensation
SFAS 123R requires the use of a valuation technique, such as an option-pricing model, to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards. The Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which incorporates various assumptions including volatility, expected life, and risk-free interest rates. The expected volatility is based on the implied volatility of market traded options on the Company’s common stock, adjusted for other relevant factors including historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected life of the Company’s stock options. The expected life of an award is based on historical experience and on the terms and conditions of the stock awards granted to employees, as well as the potential effect from options that had not been exercised at the time.
Since 2006, the Company has granted stock option awards that have a maximum contractual life of seven years from the date of grant. Prior to 2006, stock option awards generally had a ten-year contractual life from the date of grant.
In 2007, the government of India implemented a new fringe benefit tax that applies to equity awards granted to India taxpayers. This fringe benefit tax is payable by the issuer of the equity awards; however, the law allows an issuer to recover from individual award holders the fringe benefit taxes the issuer paid on their applicable equity awards. Beginning in January 2008, the Company amended its equity award agreements for future grants made to its employees in India to provide for the Company to be reimbursed for fringe benefit taxes paid in relation to applicable equity awards. The Company has elected to use a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model that incorporates a Monte Carlo simulation to calculate the fair value of stock-based awards issued under the amended equity award agreements. The assumptions used in this valuation are included below.
 25 

Table of Contents

The assumptions used and the resulting estimates of fair value or weighted-average fair value per share of awards granted and employee stock purchases under the Purchase Plan during those periods were:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	2008	 	2007	
Employee Stock Options:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Volatility factor	 	 	45% - 47	%	 	 	37% - 42	%	 	 	43% - 48	%	 	 	34% - 42	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	2.2% - 4.1	%	 	 	4.2% - 4.9	%	 	 	1.7% -4.4	%	 	 	4.2% - 5.1	%	
Expected life (years)	 	 	3.6 - 5.7	 	 	 	3.5	 	 	 	3.6 - 5.7	 	 	 	3.5 - 3.7	 	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Fair value per share	 	$	8.49 - $10.45	 	 	$	9.05 - $12.83	 	 	$	8.32 - $10.88	 	 	$	6.42 - $13.28	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee Stock Purchase Plan:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Volatility factor	 	 	46	%	 	 	37	%	 	 	47	%	 	 	38	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	 	1.9	%	 	 	5.0	%	 	 	2.0	%	 	 	5.0	%	
Expected life (years)	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.5	 	 	 	0.4	 	
Dividend yield	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Weighted-average fair value per share	 	$	7.39	 	 	$	8.24	 	 	$	7.60	 	 	$	6.52	 	
Note 7. Segments
The Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) allocates resources and assesses performance based on financial information by the Company’s business groups. In the first quarter of 2008, the Company realigned its organizational structure to include its Service business as a component of the related Infrastructure or SLT business groups. Accordingly, the previously reported Service segment has been combined into the Company’s two reportable segments as follows: Infrastructure and SLT. The Infrastructure segment includes products from the E-, M-, MX-, and T-series router product families, EX-series switching products, as well as the circuit-to-packet products. The SLT segment consists primarily of Firewall virtual private network (“Firewall”) systems and appliances, secure sockets layer virtual private network (“SSL”) appliances, intrusion detection and prevention appliances (“IDP”), the J-series router product family and wide area network (“WAN”) optimization platforms.
The primary financial measure used by the CODM in assessing performance of the segments is segment operating income, which includes certain cost of revenues, research and development expenses, sales and marketing expenses, and general and administrative expenses. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the CODM did not allocate certain miscellaneous expenses to its segments even though such expenses were included in the Company’s management operating income.
For arrangements with both Infrastructure and SLT products and services, revenue is attributed to the segment based on the underlying purchase order, contract or sell-through report. Direct costs and operating expenses, such as standard costs, research and development and product marketing expenses, are generally applied to each segment. Indirect costs, such as manufacturing overhead and other cost of sales, are allocated based on standard costs. Indirect operating expenses, such as sales, marketing, business development, and general and administrative expenses are generally allocated to each segment based on factors including headcount, usage and revenue. The CODM does not allocate stock-based compensation, amortization of purchased intangible assets, impairment, gain or loss on minority equity investments, interest income and expense, other income and expense, income taxes, as well as certain other charges to the segments.
 26 

Table of Contents

Further changes to this organizational structure may result in changes to the segments disclosed. The Company has restated the previously reported segment revenues and segment operating results to reflect the changes in its segments. Financial information for each segment used by the CODM is summarized as follows (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	610.3	 	 	$	464.7	 	 	$	1,714.9	 	 	$	1,252.8	 	
Service	 	 	119.0	 	 	 	79.5	 	 	 	308.7	 	 	 	233.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure revenues	 	 	729.3	 	 	 	544.2	 	 	 	2,023.6	 	 	 	1,485.9	 	
Service Layer Technologies:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	156.7	 	 	 	142.1	 	 	 	450.2	 	 	 	405.4	 	
Service	 	 	61.0	 	 	 	48.7	 	 	 	175.1	 	 	 	135.6	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Service Layer Technologies revenues	 	 	217.7	 	 	 	190.8	 	 	 	625.3	 	 	 	541.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	947.0	 	 	 	735.0	 	 	 	2,648.9	 	 	 	2,026.9	 	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	216.9	 	 	 	164.2	 	 	 	603.5	 	 	 	423.7	 	
Service Layer Technologies	 	 	20.7	 	 	 	(9.3	)	 	 	39.2	 	 	 	(10.0	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment operating income	 	 	237.6	 	 	 	154.9	 	 	 	642.7	 	 	 	413.7	 	
Other corporate (2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.7	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	237.6	 	 	 	154.9	 	 	 	638.0	 	 	 	413.7	 	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	(6.5	)	 	 	(21.6	)	 	 	(42.4	)	 	 	(69.8	)	
Stock-based compensation expense	 	 	(28.8	)	 	 	(21.2	)	 	 	(78.9	)	 	 	(68.7	)	
Stock-based payroll tax expense	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	(4.4	)	 	 	(2.6	)	 	 	(6.5	)	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	5.1	 	 	 	(9.0	)	 	 	(9.2	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	202.0	 	 	 	112.8	 	 	 	505.1	 	 	 	259.5	 	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	9.7	 	 	 	17.9	 	 	 	39.0	 	 	 	83.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	$	211.7	 	 	$	130.7	 	 	$	544.1	 	 	$	342.6	 	

			
(1)	 	Prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect the 2008 segment structure, which now includes service revenue and operating results in the Infrastructure and SLT segments.	
 		
(2)	 	Other corporate represents miscellaneous expenses that have not been allocated to segment operating results.	
Depreciation expense allocated to the Infrastructure segment was $22.7 million and $64.3 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $19.0 million and $52.3 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. The depreciation expense allocated to the SLT segment was $9.6 million and $27.9 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $7.4 million and $21.1 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
The Company attributes sales to geographic region based on the customer’s ship-to location. The following table shows net revenues by geographic region (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	
Americas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	424.8	 	 	$	306.6	 	 	$	1,138.2	 	 	$	875.9	 	
Other	 	 	53.7	 	 	 	38.8	 	 	 	146.9	 	 	 	80.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Americas	 	 	478.5	 	 	 	345.4	 	 	 	1,285.1	 	 	 	956.0	 	
Europe, Middle East and Africa	 	 	277.6	 	 	 	239.1	 	 	 	803.3	 	 	 	646.4	 	
Asia Pacific	 	 	190.9	 	 	 	150.5	 	 	 	560.5	 	 	 	424.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	947.0	 	 	$	735.0	 	 	$	2,648.9	 	 	$	2,026.9	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Verizon accounted for 13.3% of the Company’s net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, and no single customer accounted for 10.0% or more of the Company’s net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Nokia — Siemens Networks B.V. (“NSN”) and its predecessor companies accounted for 11.5%
 27 

Table of Contents

and 13.5% of the Company’s net revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007. The revenue attributed to each significant customer was derived from the sale of products and services in both segments.
The Company tracks assets by physical location. The majority of the Company’s assets, including property and equipment, were attributable to its U.S. operations as of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007. Although management reviews asset information on a corporate level and allocates depreciation expense by segment, the CODM does not review asset information on a segment basis.
Note 8. Income Taxes
The Company recorded tax provisions of $63.2 million and $45.6 million, or effective tax rates of 30% and 35%, for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company recorded tax provisions of $164.8 million and $104.7 million, or effective tax rates of 30% and 31%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are subject to lower rates. The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are subject to lower rates and the federal research and development credit offset by the disallowance of stock option charges incurred within certain jurisdictions during the three months ended September 30, 2007. The Company’s income taxes payable for federal and state purposes were reduced by the tax benefit from employee stock option transactions. This benefit totaled $10.5 million and $29.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and was reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
The Company is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for the 2004 tax year, the German tax authorities for the 2005 tax year, and the Indian tax authorities for the 2004 and 2005 tax years. Additionally, the Company has not reached final resolution with the IRS on an adjustment it proposed for the 1999 and 2000 tax years. The Company was not under examination by any other major jurisdictions in which the Company files its income tax returns as of September 30, 2008. Although the timing of the resolution and/or closure of any audits is highly uncertain, it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. However, given the number of years remaining subject to examination and the number of matters being examined, the Company is unable to estimate the range of possible adjustments to the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits.
The gross unrecognized tax benefits increased by approximately $10.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, of which $8.6 million, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate. Interest and penalties accrued for the same period were immaterial.
Note 9. Commitments and Contingencies
Commitments
The following table summarizes the Company’s principal contractual obligations as of September 30, 2008 (in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	2008	 	 	2009	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	Thereafter	 	 	Other	 	
Operating leases	 	$	227.2	 	 	$	14.1	 	 	$	52.3	 	 	$	48.8	 	 	$	41.5	 	 	$	35.7	 	 	$	34.8	 	 	$	—	 	
Sublease rental income	 	 	(1.8	)	 	 	(0.4	)	 	 	(0.8	)	 	 	(0.6	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Purchase commitments	 	 	98.9	 	 	 	98.9	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Tax liabilities	 	 	82.5	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	82.5	 	
Other contractual obligations	 	 	56.4	 	 	 	7.6	 	 	 	25.7	 	 	 	9.7	 	 	 	5.9	 	 	 	5.6	 	 	 	1.9	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	463.2	 	 	$	120.2	 	 	$	77.2	 	 	$	57.9	 	 	$	47.4	 	 	$	41.3	 	 	$	36.7	 	 	$	82.5	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 28 

Table of Contents

Operating Leases
Juniper Networks leases its facilities under operating leases that expire at various times, the longest of which expires in January 2017. Future minimum payments under the non-cancelable operating leases, net of committed sublease income, totaled $225.4 million as of September 30, 2008. Rent expense for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 was $14.4 million and $13.0 million, respectively, and $43.3 million and $35.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Purchase Commitments
In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component supply, contract manufacturers utilized by the Company place non-cancelable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) orders for components based on the Company’s build forecasts. As of September 30, 2008, there were NCNR component orders placed by the contract manufacturers with a value of $98.9 million. The contract manufacturers use the components to build products based on the Company’s forecasts and on purchase orders the Company has received from customers. Generally, the Company does not own the components, and title to the products transfers from the contract manufacturers to the Company and immediately to the Company’s customers upon delivery at a designated shipment location. If the components go unused or the products go unsold for specified periods of time, the Company may incur carrying charges or obsolete materials charges for components that the contract manufacturers purchased to build products to meet the Company’s forecast or customer orders. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had accrued $28.5 million based on its estimate of such charges.
Tax Liabilities
As of September 30, 2008, the company had $82.5 million included in long-term liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet for unrecognized tax positions. At this time, the Company is unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing and amount of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.
Other Contractual Obligations
As of September 30, 2008, other contractual obligations consisted primarily of an indemnity-related escrow amount of $2.3 million, a software subscription requiring payments of $5.0 million in January 2009, and a joint development agreement requiring quarterly payments of $3.5 million to be paid through January 2010. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2008, the Company entered into a five year, $34.0 million data center hosting agreement which was amended in the third quarter of 2008, increasing the amounts payable under agreement to $36.4 million. As of September 30, 2008, $28.1 million remained unpaid under the data center hosting agreement of which $1.9 million is required to be paid by the fourth quarter of 2008. The remaining commitment under this agreement is expected to be paid through the end of April 2013.
Guarantees
The Company enters into agreements with customers that contain indemnification provisions relating to potential situations where claims could be alleged that the Company’s products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. Other guarantees or indemnification arrangements include guarantees of product and service performance and standby letters of credit for certain lease facilities. The Company has not recorded a liability related to these guarantee and indemnification provisions and these guarantees and indemnification arrangements have not had any significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is subject to legal claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, such as employment or intellectual property claims, including the matters described below. The outcome of any such matters is currently not determinable.
 29 

Table of Contents

An adverse result in one or more of such matters could negatively affect the Company’s results of operations, cash balances or cash flows.
Federal Derivative Lawsuits
Between May 24, 2006 and August 17, 2006, seven purported shareholder derivative actions were filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors. The lawsuits allege that the Company’s officers and directors either participated in illegal back-dating of stock option grants or allowed it to happen. On October 19, 2006, the Court ordered the consolidation of these actions as In Re Juniper Derivative Actions , No. 06-03396, and appointed as the lead plaintiffs Timothy Hill, Employer-Teamsters Local Nos. 175 & 505 Pension Trust Fund, and Indiana State District Council of Laborers and HOD Carriers Pension Fund. Lead plaintiffs filed a consolidated complaint on April 11, 2007. The consolidated complaint asserts causes of action for violations of federal securities laws, violations of California securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting breaches of fiduciary duty, abuse of control, corporate waste, breach of contract, unjust enrichment, gross mismanagement, and insider selling and misappropriation of information. The consolidated complaint also demands an accounting and rescission of allegedly improper stock option grants. The Company formed a Special Litigation Committee, consisting of directors Michael Rose and Michael Lawrie, to determine whether it is in the best interest of Juniper Networks and its shareholders to pursue any of the claims asserted in the derivative litigation. The Special Litigation Committee is authorized to pursue, settle, or release such claims. The plaintiffs and the Company have agreed in principle on a settlement of the federal derivative litigation and the state derivative litigation discussed below, and any such settlements would require approval of the court. The Company has accrued an aggregate of $9 million expense in connection with both of these potential settlements. On August 26, 2008, plaintiffs filed the stipulation of settlement and a motion for preliminary approval of the settlement. On September 8, 2008, the Court entered an Order preliminarily approving the derivative settlement and providing for notice to shareholders. A settlement hearing for final approval of the derivative settlement will be held on November 10, 2008.
State Derivative Lawsuits — California
On May 24 and June 2, 2006, two purported shareholder derivative actions were filed in the Santa Clara County Superior Court in the State of California against the Company and certain of its current and former officers and directors. These two actions were consolidated as In re Juniper Networks Derivative Litigation, No. 1:06CV064294, by order dated June 20, 2006. An amended consolidated complaint was filed on April 9, 2007. The amended consolidated complaint alleges that certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors either participated in illegal back-dating of stock options or allowed it to happen. The complaint asserts causes of action for unjust enrichment, breach of fiduciary duties, abuse of control, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, insider selling and misappropriation of information, and violations of California securities laws. Plaintiffs also demand an accounting and rescission of allegedly improper stock options grants, and a constructive trust of proceeds derived from allegedly illicit stock options. The Company formed a Special Litigation Committee, consisting of directors Michael Rose and Michael Lawrie, to determine whether it is in the best interest of Juniper Networks and its shareholders to pursue any of the claims asserted in the derivative litigation. The Special Litigation Committee is authorized to pursue, settle, or release such claims. The plaintiffs and the Company have agreed in principle on a settlement of the federal derivative litigation discussed above and the state derivative litigation and any such settlements would require approval of the court. The Company has accrued an aggregate of $9 million expense in connection with both of these potential settlements.
Federal Securities Class Action
On July 14, 2006 and August 29, 2006, two purported class actions were filed in the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. On November 20, 2006, the Court consolidated the two actions as In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Securities Litigation, No. C06-04327-JW, and appointed the New York City Pension Funds as lead plaintiffs. The lead plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint on January 12, 2007, and filed an Amended Consolidated Class Action Complaint on April 9, 2007. The Amended Consolidated Complaint alleges that the defendants violated federal securities laws by manipulating stock option grant dates to coincide with low stock prices and issuing false and misleading statements
 30 

Table of Contents

including, among others, incorrect financial statements due to the improper accounting of stock option grants. The Amended Consolidated Complaint asserts claims for violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on behalf of all persons who purchased or otherwise acquired Juniper Networks’ publicly traded securities from July 12, 2001, through and including August 10, 2006. On June 7, 2007, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss certain of the claims, and a hearing was held on September 10, 2007. On March 31, 2008, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. The order dismissed with prejudice plaintiffs’ section 10(b) claim to the extent it was based on challenged statements made before July 14, 2001. The order also dismissed, with leave to amend, plaintiffs’ section 10(b) claim against Pradeep Sindhu. The order upheld all of plaintiffs’ remaining claims.
Calamore Proxy Statement Action
On March 28, 2007, an action titled Jeanne M. Calamore v. Juniper Networks, Inc., et al., No. C-07-1772-JW, was filed by Jeanne M. Calamore in the Northern District of California against the Company and certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors. The complaint alleges that the proxy statement for the Company’s 2006 Annual Meeting of Stockholders contained various false and misleading statements in that it failed to disclose stock option backdating information. As a result, plaintiff seeks preliminary and permanent injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, including seeking to invalidate the plan and all equity awards granted and grantable thereunder. On May 21, 2007, the Company filed a motion to dismiss and plaintiff filed a motion for preliminary injunction. On July 19, 2007, the Court issued an order denying plaintiff’s motion for a preliminary injunction and dismissing the complaint in its entirety with leave to amend. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on August 27, 2007, and the defendants filed a motion to dismiss on October 9, 2007. On August 13, 2008, the Court issued an Order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss with prejudice, and entered final judgment in favor of defendants. On September 9, 2008, plaintiff filed a Notice of Appeal in the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Plaintiffs’ opening appellate brief is due December 26, 2008, and defendants’ answering brief is due January 26, 2009.
IPO Allocation Case
In December 2001, a class action complaint was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, FleetBoston Robertson Stephens, Inc., Royal Bank of Canada (Dain Rauscher Wessels), SG Cowen Securities Corporation, UBS Warburg LLC (Warburg Dillon Read LLC), Chase (Hambrecht & Quist LLC), J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., Lehman Brothers, Inc., Salomon Smith Barney, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated (collectively, the “Underwriters”), Juniper Networks and certain of Juniper Networks’ officers. This action was brought on behalf of purchasers of the Company’s common stock in its initial public offering in June 1999 and the Company’s secondary offering in September 1999.
Specifically, among other things, this complaint alleged that the prospectus pursuant to which shares of common stock were sold in the Company’s initial public offering and the Company’s subsequent secondary offering contained certain false and misleading statements or omissions regarding the practices of the Underwriters with respect to their allocation of shares of common stock in these offerings and their receipt of commissions from customers related to such allocations. Various plaintiffs have filed actions asserting similar allegations concerning the initial public offerings of approximately 300 other issuers. These various cases pending in the Southern District of New York have been coordinated for pretrial proceedings as In re Initial Public Offering Securities Litigation , 21 MC 92. In April 2002, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint in the action against the Company, alleging violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Defendants in the coordinated proceeding filed motions to dismiss. In October 2002, the Company’s officers were dismissed from the case without prejudice pursuant to a stipulation. On February 19, 2003, the court granted in part and denied in part the motion to dismiss, but declined to dismiss the claims against the Company.
In June 2004, a stipulation of settlement and release of claims against the issuer defendants, including the Company, was submitted to the court for approval. On August 31, 2005, the court preliminarily approved the settlement. In December 2006, the appellate court overturned the certification of classes in the six test cases that were selected by
 31 

Table of Contents

the underwriter defendants and plaintiffs in the coordinated proceedings (the action involving the Company is not one of the six test cases). Because class certification was a condition of the settlement, it was unlikely that the settlement would receive final Court approval. On June 25, 2007, the Court entered an order terminating the proposed settlement based upon a stipulation among the parties to the settlement. Plaintiffs have filed amended master allegations and amended complaints in the six focus cases. On March 26, 2008, the Court largely denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaints in the six test cases.
16(b) Demand
On October 3, 2007, a purported Juniper Networks shareholder filed a complaint for violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which prohibits short-swing trading, against the Company’s IPO underwriters. The complaint, Vanessa Simmonds v. The Goldman Sachs Group, et al., Case No. C07-015777, in District Court for the Western District of Washington, seeks the recovery of short-swing profits. The Company is named as a nominal defendant. No recovery is sought from the Company in this matter.
IRS Notices of Proposed Adjustments
In 2007, the IRS opened an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax and employment tax returns for the 2004 fiscal year. Subsequently, the IRS extended their examination of the Company’s employment tax returns to include fiscal years 2005 and 2006. The IRS has not yet concluded its examinations of these returns. In September 2008, as part of its on-going audit of the U.S. federal income tax return, the IRS issued a Notice of Proposed Adjustment (“NOPA”) regarding the Company’s business credits. The Company is considering its response to the proposed adjustment by the IRS. The Company believes that is has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to this proposed adjustment and the ultimate resolution of this matter is unlikely to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position.
The IRS has concluded an audit of the Company’s federal income tax returns for fiscal years 1999 and 2000. During 2004, the Company received a NOPA from the IRS. While the final resolution of the issues raised in the NOPA is uncertain, the Company does not believe that the outcome of this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. The Company is also under routine examination by certain state and non-US tax authorities. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable outcome related to these audits.
Note 10. Related Party Transactions
The Company reimburses its Chairman of the Board of Directors and former CEO, Mr. Scott Kriens, for ordinary operating costs relating to his use of a personal aircraft for business purposes up to a maximum amount per year. The Company incurred $0.1 million and $0.2 million in related expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $0.1 million and $0.2 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively.
Note 11. Subsequent Event
Stock Repurchases
Subsequent to September 30, 2008, through the filing of this report, the Company repurchased and retired approximately 1.1 million shares of its common stock for approximately $21.0 million under the 2008 Stock Repurchase program at an average purchase price of $18.73 per share. The Company’s 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $793.6 million as of the report filing date. Purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase programs are subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements.
 32 

Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (“Report”), including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements regarding future events and the future results of the Company that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts, and projections about the industry in which the Company operates and the beliefs and assumptions of the management of the Company. Words such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “targets,” “goals,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” variations of such words, and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are only predictions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual results may differ materially and adversely from those expressed in any forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this Report under the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part II and elsewhere, and in other reports the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), specifically the most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K . The Company undertakes no obligation to revise or update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason.
The following discussion is based upon our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the course of operating our business, we routinely make decisions as to the timing of the payment of invoices, the collection of receivables, the manufacturing and shipment of products, the fulfillment of orders, the purchase of supplies, and the building of inventory and spare parts, among other matters. Each of these decisions has some impact on the financial results for any given period. In making these decisions, we consider various factors including contractual obligations, customer satisfaction, competition, internal and external financial targets and expectations, and financial planning objectives. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingencies. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to sales returns, pricing credits, warranty costs, allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of long-term assets, especially goodwill and intangible assets, contract manufacturer exposures for carrying and obsolete material charges, assumptions used in the valuation of stock-based compensation, and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
 33 

Table of Contents

Overview of the Results of Operations
Executive Overview
To aid readers of our financial statements in understanding our operating results, we have provided below an executive overview of the significant events that affected the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, and a discussion of the nature of our operating expenses.
The following table provides an overview of our key financial metrics for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(In millions, except per share	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
amounts and percentages)	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	
Net revenues	 	$	947.0	 	 	$	735.0	 	 	$	212.0	 	 	 	29	%	 	$	2,648.9	 	 	$	2,026.9	 	 	$	622.0	 	 	 	31	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	$	202.0	 	 	$	112.8	 	 	 	89.2	 	 	 	79	%	 	$	505.1	 	 	$	259.5	 	 	$	245.6	 	 	 	95	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	21.3	%	 	 	15.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	19.1	%	 	 	12.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	148.5	 	 	$	85.1	 	 	 	63.4	 	 	 	75	%	 	$	379.3	 	 	$	237.9	 	 	$	141.4	 	 	 	59	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	15.7	%	 	 	11.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	14.3	%	 	 	11.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.17	 	 	$	0.10	 	 	 	59	%	 	$	0.71	 	 	$	0.44	 	 	$	0.27	 	 	 	61	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted	 	$	0.27	 	 	$	0.15	 	 	$	0.12	 	 	 	80	%	 	$	0.67	 	 	$	0.41	 	 	$	0.26	 	 	 	63	%	

•	 	Net revenues : Our net revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to the growing acceptance of our router and firewall products and services in the service provider and enterprise markets as well as the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements. Net revenues increased in each of our three geographic regions, specifically in the Americas and the Asia Pacific region, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007.	
 		
•	 	Operating Margin: Our operating income increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007. In addition, our operating margins as a percentage of net revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007. This change was, in large part, due to the growth in revenue and a decrease in operating expense as a percentage of net revenues, which was attributable to our efforts to better manage expenses and improve efficiencies in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007.	
 		
•	 	Net Income and Net Income Per Share : The increase in net income in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, is primarily due to the growth in revenue and the reduction in operating expenses. These increases in operating margin were partially offset by lower net interest and other income along with higher income tax expense in the 2008 periods.	
 		
•	 	Other Financial Highlights : Total deferred revenue increased $49.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, primarily due to the renewal of annual maintenance arrangements. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we generated a net increase of $62.4 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from $660.1 million in cash provided by our operating activities, which was offset by cash used in investing activities and financing activities, including the repurchase of $562.2 million of our common stock.	
Significant Events
Business and Market Environment
We design, develop and sell products and services that together provide our customers with high-performance network infrastructure that creates responsive and trusted environments for accelerating the deployment of services and applications over a single Internet Protocol (“IP”)-based network. We serve the high-performance networking requirements of global service providers, enterprises, governments and research and education institutions that view the network as critical to their success. High-performance networking is designed to provide fast, reliable and secure access to applications and services at scale. We offer a high-performance network infrastructure that includes IP
 34 

Table of Contents

routing, Ethernet switching, security and application acceleration solutions, as well as partnerships designed to extend the value of the network and worldwide services and support designed to optimize customer investments.
In the first nine months of our 2008 fiscal year, we continued to deliver new and innovative, high-performance network infrastructure solutions. We entered the enterprise switching market, through the introduction of the EX-series, a family of Ethernet switches that leverage the operational simplicity and carrier-class reliability of our JUNOS ® software. We also introduced a new category of extensible networking and security products with our SRX series dynamic services gateways. In addition, we introduced a new family of intrusion detection and prevention (“IDP”) appliances that deliver up to 10 Gbps real-world throughput and performance to enable deployments in the network core, the integration of services, including Firewall and chassis clustering, into JUNOS software for implementation on the J-series services router and the Security Threat Response Manager (“STRM”), a platform capable of providing businesses with a centralized scalable and effective way to log and manage a rapidly evolving threat landscape. We also announced an advanced mobile IP/Multi Protocol Label Switching (“MPLS”) solution portfolio with the new BX 7000 multi-access gateway router for the cell site, M-series circuit emulation physical interface cards for the aggregation site and a suite of software features designed to simplify deployment, provisioning and management of mobile backhaul networks. In addition, we introduced the JCS 1200, the industry’s first high-performance control plane scaling platform.
In the first nine months of our 2008 fiscal year, we also delivered new enhancements to existing solutions to help customers maximize their network infrastructure investments and lower their overall total cost of ownership. We expanded our Network and Security Manager (“NSM”) to deliver a centralized management solution for routing, security and switching, enabling customers to consolidate and simplify the management of their network infrastructure. We announced enhancements to our Access Control Solution, to deliver enhanced scalability and performance, with centralized access policy management via NSM, helping customers cost-effectively achieve comprehensive network visibility with broad enforcement capabilities. We introduced the next generation of our WXC application acceleration platforms to deliver a more scalable, modular and cost-effective approach to delivering fast and consistent application response across the wide area network (“WAN”). In addition, we announced three new line card families for the MX-series Ethernet Services Routers.
Changes to Segments
Beginning in January 2008, we realigned our reporting structure which resulted in two segments: Infrastructure and SLT. The previously reported Service segment has been combined into the following two segments:

•	 	Infrastructure : Our Infrastructure segment includes products and services related to the E-, M-, MX- and T-series router product families, EX-series switching products, as well as the circuit-to-packet products.	
 		
•	 	SLT: Our SLT segment consists primarily of products and services related to our integrated collection of security measures designed to prevent unauthorized access to computer networks (“Firewall”) systems and appliances, secure sockets layer virtual private network (“SSL”) appliances, IDP appliances, the J-series router product family and WAN optimization platforms.	
Stock Repurchase Activity
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, we repurchased $440.9 million and $562.2 million or 18.0 million and 22.7 million shares of our common stock, respectively, under two stock repurchase programs that were authorized by our Board of Directors.
Under the $2.0 billion stock repurchase program approved in 2006 and 2007 (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”), we repurchased approximately 13.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.52 per share for a total purchase price of $323.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 15.4 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.53 per share for a total purchase price of $376.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, we have repurchased and retired approximately 84.8 million shares of our common stock under the 2006 Stock Repurchase
 35 

Table of Contents

Program at an average price of $23.58 per share, and the program had no remaining authorized funds available for future stock repurchases.
The Board of Directors approved another $1.0 billion stock repurchase program in March 2008 (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”). Under this program, we repurchased approximately 4.8 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.66 per share for a total purchase price of $117.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 7.3 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $25.42 per share for a total purchase price of $185.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $814.6 million.
Subsequent to September 30, 2008, through the filing of this report, we have repurchased and retired approximately 1.1 million shares of our common stock for approximately $21.0 million under the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program at an average price of $18.73 per share. The 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $793.6 million as of the report filing date.
All shares of common stock purchased under the 2006 and 2008 Stock Repurchase Programs have been retired. Future share repurchases under our 2008 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
Backlog
Our sales are made primarily pursuant to purchase orders under framework agreements with our customers. At any given time, we have orders for products that have not been shipped and for services that have not yet been performed for various reasons. Because we believe industry practice would allow customers to cancel or change orders with limited advance notice prior to shipment or performance, as well as our own history of allowing such changes and cancellations, we do not consider this backlog to be firm and do not believe our backlog information is necessarily indicative of future revenue.
Manufacturing
Most of our manufacturing, repair and supply chain operations are outsourced to independent contract manufacturers. Accordingly, most of our costs of revenues consist of payments to our independent contract manufacturers for product costs. The independent contract manufacturers produce our products using design specifications, quality assurance programs and standards that we establish. Our independent contract manufacturers manufacture our products primarily in Canada, China, Malaysia, and the United States. We have employees in our manufacturing and operations organization who manage relationships with our contract manufacturers, manage our supply chain, and monitor product testing and quality. We generally do not own the components and title to products transfers from the contract manufacturers to us and immediately to our customers upon shipment.
The contract manufacturers procure components based on our build forecasts. If actual component usage is lower than our forecasts, we may be, and have been in the past, liable for carrying or obsolete material charges.
In recent years, an increasing amount of our product has been manufactured in Asia, and we anticipate that a larger percentage of our products will be produced outside the United States and Canada in the future. Our contracts generally provide for passage of title and risk of loss at the designated point of shipment to the customer. The manufacturing of products in Asia for shipment to customers in Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and the Americas resulted in additional shipment logistics, freight and timing issues for us and those customers. In an ongoing effort to balance our and the customers’ needs, we have made changes on occasion to the payment of freight and the point of shipment with respect to products shipped from Asia. These changes impact shipping costs and the timing of revenue recognition of the affected shipments.
 36 

Table of Contents

Nature of Expenses
Employee related costs have historically been the primary driver of our operating expenses and we expect this trend to continue. These costs include items such as wages, commissions, bonuses, vacation, benefits, stock-based compensation, and travel. We increased our headcount by 21% to 6,830 employees as of September 30, 2008, from 5,661 employees as of September 30, 2007, primarily in the research and development, sales, and customer service organizations. The headcount growth has increased primarily in regions with lower operating costs per employee.
Stock-based compensation and related payroll tax expense was $29.1 million and $81.5 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and $25.6 million and $75.1 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, respectively. As of September 30, 2008, approximately $153.6 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.9 years. In addition, approximately $72.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested RSUs and non-vested performance share awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.6 years.
Facility and information technology departmental costs are allocated to other departments based on usage and headcount, respectively. Facility and information technology related costs increased by $5.2 million and $42.4 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2007 due to an increase in headcount and the continued build-out of our domestic and international development and test centers as well as applications to support our internal operations. Facility and information technology related headcount was 263 employees as of September 30, 2008, compared to 223 employees as of September 30, 2007. We expect to further invest in our company-wide information technology infrastructure as we implement our operational excellence initiatives.
Although our revenue transactions are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars, operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, the British Pound, the Euro, Indian Rupee, and Japanese Yen as well as other foreign currencies. Changes in related currency exchange rates may affect our operating results. We use foreign currency forward and/or option contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign currency transactions relating to operating expenses. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and have maturities of less than one year. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and, upon occurrence of the forecasted transaction, is subsequently reclassified into the operating expense line item to which the hedged transaction relates. Any ineffectiveness of the hedging instruments is reported in interest and other income, net on our condensed consolidated statements of operations. The increase in expenses including cost of revenues, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, due to foreign currency fluctuation, was approximately 2% in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared with the same periods in 2007.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and equity at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net revenues, costs and expenses in the reporting period. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ materially and adversely from management’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between our estimates and the actual results, our future operating results will be affected.
 37 

Table of Contents

We believe the following critical accounting policies require us to make significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements:

•	 	Revenue Recognition;	
 		
•	 	Contract Manufacturer Liabilities;	
 		
•	 	Warranty Reserve;	
 		
•	 	Goodwill and Purchased Intangible Assets;	
 		
•	 	Stock-Based Compensation;	
 		
•	 	Income Taxes; and	
 		
•	 	Loss Contingencies.	
Fair Value Accounting
In February 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 expands the use of fair value accounting to eligible financial assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective beginning on January 1, 2008. We evaluated our existing financial instruments and elected not to adopt the fair value option on our financial instruments. As a result, SFAS 159 did not have any impact on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations as of and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008. However, because the SFAS 159 election is based on an instrument-by-instrument election at the time we first recognize an eligible item or enter into an eligible firm commitment, we may decide to exercise the option on new items when business reasons support doing so in the future which may have a significant impact on our operating results.
Management believes that there have been no significant changes during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, to the items that we disclosed as our critical accounting policies and estimates in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1, Part I of this Form 10-Q, for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of adoption and estimated effects on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition, which is incorporated herein by reference.
 38 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations
The following table shows product and service net revenues (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	
Net revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	767.0	 	 	$	606.8	 	 	$	160.2	 	 	 	26	%	 	$	2,165.1	 	 	$	1,658.2	 	 	$	506.9	 	 	 	31	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	81.0	%	 	 	82.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	81.7	%	 	 	81.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service	 	 	180.0	 	 	 	128.2	 	 	 	51.8	 	 	 	40	%	 	 	483.8	 	 	 	368.7	 	 	 	115.1	 	 	 	31	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	19.0	%	 	 	17.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	18.3	%	 	 	18.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	$	947.0	 	 	$	735.0	 	 	$	212.0	 	 	 	29	%	 	$	2,648.9	 	 	$	2,026.9	 	 	$	622.0	 	 	 	31	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our net product revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily as a result of increased sales of both Infrastructure and SLT solutions to the service provider and enterprise markets. In particular, we had success in selling our Infrastructure products to service providers who are adopting next generation networking (“NGN”) IP networks, which are designed for higher capacity and efficiency to help reduce total operating costs and to be able to offer multiple services over a single network. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, our new product releases and further expansion into emerging markets contributed to the increase in total net product revenues for those periods. In the third quarter of 2008, we also experienced increased revenue from the enterprise market primarily due to the sales of Infrastructure solutions. Our net service revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to the increase in maintenance revenue from our expanding installed base.
Infrastructure Segment Revenues
The following table shows net Infrastructure segment revenues and net Infrastructure segment revenues as a percentage of total net revenues by product and service categories (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	
Net Infrastructure segment revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure product revenue	 	$	610.3	 	 	$	464.7	 	 	$	145.6	 	 	 	31	%	 	$	1,714.9	 	 	$	1,252.8	 	 	$	462.1	 	 	 	37	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	64.4	%	 	 	63.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	64.7	%	 	 	61.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure service revenue	 	 	119.0	 	 	 	79.5	 	 	 	39.5	 	 	 	50	%	 	 	308.7	 	 	 	233.1	 	 	 	75.6	 	 	 	32	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	12.6	%	 	 	10.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	11.7	%	 	 	11.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure segment revenues (1)	 	$	729.3	 	 	$	544.2	 	 	$	185.1	 	 	 	34	%	 	$	2,023.6	 	 	$	1,485.9	 	 	$	537.7	 	 	 	36	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	77.0	%	 	 	74.1	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	76.4	%	 	 	73.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(1)	 	Prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect the 2008 segment structure, which now includes service revenue in the Infrastructure and SLT segments.	
Infrastructure — Product
For the three months ended September 30, 2008, the increase in Infrastructure product revenue was primarily attributable to revenue growth from our MX- and E-series product families in both the service provider and enterprise markets due to our customers’ increased demand for network infrastructure solutions. To a lesser extent, our T-series products also contributed to the revenue growth in the third quarter of 2008 and our EX-series products, which were introduced in the first quarter of 2008, continued to grow in the third quarter of 2008. For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the increase was primarily due to growth from MX-, M- and T-series product families as both our service provider and enterprise customers continued to build out their networks as their bandwidth requirements increased. E-series product revenue increased during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, primarily as a result of the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements compared to revenue recognized in the same periods in 2007. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, we experienced sales growth both in the service provider and enterprise markets. From a geographical perspective, during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, we experienced revenue growth in all three regions, with particular strength in the Americas region.
 39 

Table of Contents

We track Infrastructure chassis revenue units and ports shipped to analyze customer trends and indicate areas of potential network growth. Most of our Infrastructure product platforms are modular, with the chassis serving as the base of the platform. Each chassis has a certain number of slots that are available to be populated with components we refer to as modules or interfaces. The modules are the components through which the platform receives incoming packets of data from a variety of transmission media. The physical connection between a transmission medium and a module is referred to as a port. The number of ports on a module varies widely depending on the functionality and throughput offered by the module. Chassis revenue units represent the number of chassis on which revenue was recognized during the period. The following table shows Infrastructure revenue units and ports shipped:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	Unit Change	 	% Change	 	2008	 	2007	 	Unit Change	 	% Change	
Infrastructure chassis revenue units (1)	 	 	3,559	 	 	 	2,931	 	 	 	628	 	 	 	21	%	 	 	9,951	 	 	 	7,877	 	 	 	2,074	 	 	 	26	%	
Infrastructure ports shipped (1)	 	 	95,839	 	 	 	61,728	 	 	 	34,111	 	 	 	55	%	 	 	268,772	 	 	 	155,159	 	 	 	113,613	 	 	 	73	%	

(1)	 	Excludes fixed configuration Ethernet switching products.	
Infrastructure chassis revenue units and product revenue increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to the product mix that favored higher margin chassis revenue units which was driven by bandwidth demand as customers are seeking to expand capabilities in their networks and to offer differentiating feature-rich multi-play services that allow them to generate new revenue sources. The port shipments also increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to the increase in the overall number of chassis revenue units from richly configured T- and M-series router products shipped during the 2008 periods.
Infrastructure — Service
The increase in Infrastructure service revenue for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, was primarily due to an increase in our installed base of equipment being serviced and the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements. A majority of our service revenue is earned from customers that purchase our products and enter into service contracts for support service. We also experienced increased professional service revenue due to consulting projects.
SLT Segment Revenues
The following table shows net SLT segment revenues and net SLT segment revenues as a percentage of total net revenues by product and service categories (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	%Change	 	
Net SLT segment revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SLT product revenue	 	$	156.7	 	 	$	142.1	 	 	$	14.6	 	 	 	10	%	 	$	450.2	 	 	$	405.4	 	 	$	44.8	 	 	 	11	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	16.6	%	 	 	19.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	17.0	%	 	 	20.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
SLT service revenue	 	 	61.0	 	 	 	48.7	 	 	 	12.3	 	 	 	25	%	 	 	175.1	 	 	 	135.6	 	 	 	39.5	 	 	 	29	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	6.4	%	 	 	6.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6.6	%	 	 	6.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total SLT segment revenues (1)	 	$	217.7	 	 	$	190.8	 	 	$	26.9	 	 	 	14	%	 	$	625.3	 	 	$	541.0	 	 	$	84.3	 	 	 	16	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	23.0	%	 	 	25.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	23.6	%	 	 	26.7	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

(1)	 	Prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect the 2008 segment structure, which now includes service revenue in the Infrastructure and SLT segments.	
SLT — Product
We experienced increases in SLT product revenue primarily from an increase in revenue from branch and high-end Firewall products as well as J-series products in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007. These increases were partially offset by a decline in revenues from DX and WX products. The integrated systems introduced prior to 2007, such as the SSG Firewall products, gained further traction in the market place with revenue from these product lines growing in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to same periods in 2007. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, we experienced
 40 

Table of Contents

sales growth both in the service provider and enterprise markets. Geographically, revenues increased in all three regions, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 with strength in the EMEA and Asia Pacific (“APAC”) regions and to a lesser extent in the Americas region.
The following table shows SLT revenue units recognized:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	Unit Change	 	% Change	 	2008	 	2007	 	Unit Change	 	% Change	
SLT revenue units	 	 	60,587	 	 	 	64,402	 	 	 	(3,815	)	 	 	(6	%)	 	 	180,724	 	 	 	176,708	 	 	 	4,016	 	 	 	2	%	
SLT revenue units decreased while product revenue increased in the three months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to the product mix that favored high-end Firewall and J-series products. Both SLT revenue units and product revenue increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to the product mix that favored higher margin products.
In January 2008, we announced a plan to phase out our DX product line. These products will be supported until 2013. We do not expect this plan to have a material impact on our condensed consolidated results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.
SLT — Service
The increase in SLT service revenue was primarily due to an increase in our installed base of equipment being serviced. A majority of our service revenue is earned from customers that purchase our products and enter into service contracts for support service.
Net Revenues by Geographic Region
The following table shows the total net revenues by geographic region (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Americas:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
United States	 	$	424.8	 	 	$	306.6	 	 	$	118.2	 	 	 	39	%	 	$	1,138.2	 	 	$	875.9	 	 	$	262.3	 	 	 	30	%	
Other	 	 	53.7	 	 	 	38.8	 	 	 	14.9	 	 	 	38	%	 	 	146.9	 	 	 	80.1	 	 	 	66.8	 	 	 	83	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Americas	 	 	478.5	 	 	 	345.4	 	 	 	133.1	 	 	 	39	%	 	 	1,285.1	 	 	 	956.0	 	 	 	329.1	 	 	 	34	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	50.5	%	 	 	47.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	48.5	%	 	 	47.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Europe, Middle East, and Africa	 	 	277.6	 	 	 	239.1	 	 	 	38.5	 	 	 	16	%	 	 	803.3	 	 	 	646.4	 	 	 	156.9	 	 	 	24	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	29.3	%	 	 	32.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	30.3	%	 	 	31.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Asia Pacific	 	 	190.9	 	 	 	150.5	 	 	 	40.4	 	 	 	27	%	 	 	560.5	 	 	 	424.5	 	 	 	136.0	 	 	 	32	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	20.2	%	 	 	20.5	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	21.2	%	 	 	20.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	947.0	 	 	$	735.0	 	 	$	212.0	 	 	 	29	%	 	$	2,648.9	 	 	$	2,026.9	 	 	$	622.0	 	 	 	31	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues in the Americas region increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenue in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to growth in revenue from both the service provider and enterprise markets and the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements, as our customers continued to focus on increasing network performance, reliability and scale. In the United States, net revenues increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenue, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to growth in revenue from both the service provider and enterprise markets and the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements.
Net revenues in EMEA increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to revenue growth in emerging markets in the Middle East and Eastern Europe which was driven by service provider network build-outs as a result of bandwidth demand and growth in the enterprise market. Net revenue in EMEA as a percentage of total net revenue decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to the relative strength of the Americas region.
 41 

Table of Contents

Net revenues in APAC increased in absolute dollars in the three months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to strength in Japan and the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (“ASEAN”) countries, which was driven by bandwidth demand as well as our customers’ deployment of routing platforms for their next-generation networks. Net revenues in APAC as a percentage of total net revenues decreased slightly in the three months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to the relative strength of the Americas region. Net revenues in APAC increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of total net revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to strength in Japan, China, and the ASEAN countries partially offset by a decrease in revenue from Australia.
Net Revenues by Markets and Customers
We sell our high-performance network products and service offerings from both the Infrastructure and SLT segments to two primary markets — service providers and enterprise. The service provider market includes wireline, wireless, and cable operators as well as major internet content and application providers. The enterprise market represents businesses; federal, state and local governments; and research and education institutions. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, the service provider market accounted for 72.7% and 73.0%, respectively, of our total net revenues, and the enterprise market accounted for 27.3% and 27.0%, respectively, of our total net revenues. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the service provider market accounted for 71.5% and 71.7%, respectively, of our total net revenues, and the enterprise market accounted for 28.5% and 28.3%, respectively, of our total net revenues. Net revenues to the service provider market increased by 31% and 33% during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2007. Net revenues to the enterprise market increased by 24% and 25% during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007.
Verizon accounted for 13.3% of our net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, and no single customer accounted for 10.0% or more of our net revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. NSN and its predecessor companies accounted for greater than 10.0% of our net revenues for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007.
Cost of Revenues
The following table shows cost of product and service revenues and the related gross margin (“GM”) percentages (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Cost of revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	230.1	 	 	$	168.1	 	 	$	62.0	 	 	 	37	%	 	$	637.0	 	 	$	482.9	 	 	$	154.1	 	 	 	32	%	
GM as a percentage of product revenues	 	 	70.0	%	 	 	72.3	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	70.6	%	 	 	70.9	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service	 	 	77.5	 	 	 	64.2	 	 	 	13.3	 	 	 	21	%	 	 	224.7	 	 	 	182.2	 	 	 	42.5	 	 	 	23	%	
GM as a percentage of service revenues	 	 	56.9	%	 	 	50.0	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	53.6	%	 	 	50.6	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	 	$	307.6	 	 	$	232.3	 	 	$	75.3	 	 	 	32	%	 	$	861.7	 	 	$	665.1	 	 	$	196.6	 	 	 	30	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
GM as a percentage of net revenues	 	 	67.5	%	 	 	68.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	67.5	%	 	 	67.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of product revenues increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, while product gross margin slightly decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2008, and increased in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods of 2007.
The cost of product revenues increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to our increase in product revenues, which resulted in higher product costs. The slight decrease in product gross margin as a percentage of product revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to same periods in 2007, is primarily attributable to changes in the product mix due to the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped lower margin E-series products from certain arrangements, partially offset by growth in our higher-margin T- and M-series product families within our Infrastructure segment and increased sales of our higher margin Firewall and J-series products within our SLT segment.
 42 

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2008, and 2007, we had 220 and 181 employees, respectively, in our manufacturing and operations organization that primarily manage relationships with our contract manufacturers, manage our supply chain, and monitor and manage product testing and quality.
The increases in cost of service revenues and service gross margin were commensurate with the growth in revenue in absolute dollars due to the timing of revenue recognition for previously shipped products from certain arrangements and the timing of our spares components purchases. Personnel related charges, consisting of salaries, bonus, fringe benefits expenses, stock-based compensation expenses, and other employee-related expenses increased $3.2 million and $15.6 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, primarily due to a 12% increase in headcount in the customer service organization, from 718 to 805 employees, to expand our world-wide operations. Our outside service expense also increased in the 2008 periods primarily to support the expanding installed equipment base. Additionally, facilities and information technology expenses related to cost of service revenues increased in connection with the growth of service business as a portion of our overall operations.
Operating Expenses
The following table shows operating expenses (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Research and development	 	$	194.0	 	 	$	167.9	 	 	$	26.1	 	 	 	16	%	 	$	551.0	 	 	$	457.7	 	 	$	93.3	 	 	 	20	%	
Sales and marketing	 	 	200.6	 	 	 	177.8	 	 	 	22.8	 	 	 	13	%	 	 	576.9	 	 	 	485.3	 	 	 	91.6	 	 	 	19	%	
General and administrative	 	 	37.6	 	 	 	29.2	 	 	 	8.4	 	 	 	29	%	 	 	106.9	 	 	 	84.4	 	 	 	22.5	 	 	 	27	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	5.2	 	 	 	20.2	 	 	 	(15.0	)	 	 	(74	%)	 	 	38.3	 	 	 	65.7	 	 	 	(27.4	)	 	 	(42	%)	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	(5.1	)	 	 	5.1	 	 	 	(100	%)	 	 	9.0	 	 	 	9.2	 	 	 	(0.2	)	 	 	(2	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	$	437.4	 	 	$	390.0	 	 	$	47.4	 	 	 	12	%	 	$	1,282.1	 	 	$	1,102.3	 	 	$	179.8	 	 	 	16	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	$	202.0	 	 	$	112.8	 	 	$	89.2	 	 	 	79	%	 	$	505.1	 	 	$	259.5	 	 	$	245.6	 	 	 	95	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following table highlights our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	2008	 	2007	
Research and development	 	 	20.5	%	 	 	22.8	%	 	 	20.8	%	 	 	22.6	%	
Sales and marketing	 	 	21.2	%	 	 	24.2	%	 	 	21.8	%	 	 	23.9	%	
General and administrative	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	4.0	%	 	 	4.2	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	0.5	%	 	 	2.8	%	 	 	1.5	%	 	 	3.2	%	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.7	%)	 	 	0.3	%	 	 	0.5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating expenses	 	 	46.2	%	 	 	53.1	%	 	 	48.4	%	 	 	54.4	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	21.3	%	 	 	15.3	%	 	 	19.1	%	 	 	12.8	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The increase in research and development expenses for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, was primarily due to strategic initiatives to expand our product portfolio and maintain our technological advantage over competitors. Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel related expenses and new product development costs. Personnel related charges, consisting of salaries, bonus, fringe benefits expenses, stock-based compensation expenses, and other employee-related expenses increased $14.1 million and $50.5 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, primarily due to a 25% increase in headcount in our engineering organization, from 2,460 to 3,063 employees, to support product innovation intended to capture anticipated future network infrastructure growth and opportunities. Outside consulting and other development expense also increased to support our product innovation initiatives. Additionally, facilities and information technology expenses related to research and development expenses increased to support these engineering efforts.
The increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to increases in personnel related expenses and marketing expenses. Personnel related charges, consisting of salaries, commissions, bonus, fringe benefits, stock-based compensation expenses, and other employee-related expenses increased $17.3 million and $59.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, primarily due to a 19% increase in headcount in our worldwide sales and marketing organizations, from 1,805 to 2,139 employees. Included in the personnel charges was an increase in commission expense of $5.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007, due to our higher net revenues. We also increased our investment in corporate and channel marketing efforts from the prior year. As our sales force grew, we also increased facilities and information
 43 

Table of Contents

technology expense related to the sales and marketing organizations in the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007.
The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to an increase in personnel related expenses and outside professional services. Personnel related charges, consisting of salaries, bonus, fringe benefits, stock-based compensation expenses, and other employee-related expenses increased $1.9 million and $8.5 million in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to a 24% increase in headcount in our worldwide general and administrative functions, from 274 to 340 employees, to support the overall growth of the business. Outside professional service fees increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, as a result of increased legal fees and business processes re-engineering costs. Additionally, facilities and information technology related to general and administrative expenses increased to support our growing business.
Research and development and sales and marketing expenses each decreased as a percentage of net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, while general and administrative expenses remained flat and decreased as a percentage of net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to our focused execution and cost control initiatives.
Amortization of purchased intangible assets decreased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to a decrease in amortization expense as certain purchased intangible assets became fully amortized during the second quarter of 2008. This decrease was partially offset by the inclusion of an impairment charge of $5.0 million, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as a result of the phase out of our DX products.
Other charges, net, decreased in the three months ended September 30, 2008, primarily due to the absence of a gain from a litigation settlement that occurred in the same period a year ago. See Note 4 — Other Financial Information under “ Other Charges, Net ” in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item I of this Form 10-Q, for more information.
Interest and Other Income, Net, Gain or (Loss) on Minority Equity Investments, and Income Tax Provision
The following table shows net interest and other income and income tax provision (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	 	$ Change	 	% Change	 	2008	 	2007	 	$ Change	 	% Change	
Interest and other income, net	 	$	9.7	 	 	$	17.9	 	 	$	(8.2	)	 	 	(46	%)	 	$	40.5	 	 	$	76.4	 	 	$	(35.9	)	 	 	(47	%)	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	1.1	%	 	 	2.4	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	1.5	%	 	 	3.8	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) gain on minority equity investments	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(1.5	)	 	 	6.7	 	 	 	(8.2	)	 	 	(122	%)	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax provision	 	 	63.2	 	 	 	45.6	 	 	 	17.6	 	 	 	39	%	 	 	164.8	 	 	 	104.7	 	 	 	60.1	 	 	 	57	%	
Percentage of net revenues	 	 	6.7	%	 	 	6.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6.2	%	 	 	5.2	%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	

N/M — Not meaningful	 	 	
The decrease in interest and other income, net, was primarily due to lower interest rates in the 2008 period as compared to a year ago.
The gain (loss) on minority equity investments decreased in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same period in 2007. No gain or loss was recorded in the three months ended September 30, 2008, and 2007. In the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we recorded a loss on two of our minority equity investments. In the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we realized a gain from one of our minority equity investments that completed an initial public offering.
We recorded tax provisions of $63.2 million and $45.6 million, or effective tax rates of 30% and 35%, for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We recorded tax provisions of $164.8 million and $104.7 million, or effective tax rates of 30% and 31%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The effective tax rates for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, differ from the federal
 44 

Table of Contents

statutory rate of 35% primarily due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are subject to lower rates. The effective tax rate for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, differ from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to earnings in foreign jurisdictions which are subject to lower rates and the federal research and development credit offset by the disallowance of stock option charges incurred within certain jurisdictions during the three months ended September 30, 2007. The Company’s income taxes payable for federal and state purposes were reduced by the tax benefit from employee stock option transactions. This benefit totaled $10.5 million and $29.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, and was reflected as an increase to additional paid-in capital.
The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 has provided an extension of the federal research and development (“R&D”) credit provisions that had previously expired on December 31, 2007. The benefit from this extended provision, which took effect on October 3, 2008, will be reflected in the Company’s tax provision for the quarter ending December 31, 2008.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory rates; by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; by expiration of or lapses in the R&D tax credit laws; by transfer pricing adjustments related to certain acquisitions including the license of acquired intangibles under our intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement; by tax effects of stock-based compensation; by costs related to intercompany restructurings; or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Segment Information
For a description of the products and services for each segment, See Note 7 — Segments in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statement in Item I of this Form 10-Q.
Financial information for each segment used by management to make financial decisions and allocate resources is as follows (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	 	 	Nine Months Ended September 30,	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	 	2008	 	 	2007 (1)	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Net Revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	$	610.3	 	 	$	464.7	 	 	$	145.6	 	 	 	31	%	 	$	1,714.9	 	 	$	1,252.8	 	 	$	462.1	 	 	 	37	%	
Service	 	 	119.0	 	 	 	79.5	 	 	 	39.5	 	 	 	50	%	 	 	308.7	 	 	 	233.1	 	 	 	75.6	 	 	 	32	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure revenues	 	 	729.3	 	 	 	544.2	 	 	 	185.1	 	 	 	34	%	 	 	2,023.6	 	 	 	1,485.9	 	 	 	537.7	 	 	 	36	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Service Layer Technologies:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	156.7	 	 	 	142.1	 	 	 	14.6	 	 	 	10	%	 	 	450.2	 	 	 	405.4	 	 	 	44.8	 	 	 	11	%	
Service	 	 	61.0	 	 	 	48.7	 	 	 	12.3	 	 	 	25	%	 	 	175.1	 	 	 	135.6	 	 	 	39.5	 	 	 	29	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Service Layer Technologies revenues	 	 	217.7	 	 	 	190.8	 	 	 	26.9	 	 	 	14	%	 	 	625.3	 	 	 	541.0	 	 	 	84.3	 	 	 	16	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	947.0	 	 	 	735.0	 	 	 	212.0	 	 	 	29	%	 	 	2,648.9	 	 	 	2,026.9	 	 	 	622.0	 	 	 	31	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	216.9	 	 	 	164.2	 	 	 	52.7	 	 	 	32	%	 	 	603.5	 	 	 	423.7	 	 	 	179.8	 	 	 	42	%	
Service Layer Technologies	 	 	20.7	 	 	 	(9.3	)	 	 	30.0	 	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	39.2	 	 	 	(10.0	)	 	 	49.2	 	 	 	N/M	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment operating income	 	 	237.6	 	 	 	154.9	 	 	 	82.7	 	 	 	53	%	 	 	642.7	 	 	 	413.7	 	 	 	229.0	 	 	 	55	%	
Other corporate (2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.7	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(4.7	)	 	 	N/M	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	237.6	 	 	 	154.9	 	 	 	82.7	 	 	 	53	%	 	 	638.0	 	 	 	413.7	 	 	 	224.3	 	 	 	54	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	(6.5	)	 	 	(21.6	)	 	 	15.1	 	 	 	(70	%)	 	 	(42.4	)	 	 	(69.8	)	 	 	27.4	 	 	 	(39	%)	
Stock-based compensation expense.	 	 	(28.8	)	 	 	(21.2	)	 	 	(7.6	)	 	 	36	%	 	 	(78.9	)	 	 	(68.7	)	 	 	(10.2	)	 	 	15	%	
Stock-based payroll tax expense	 	 	(0.3	)	 	 	(4.4	)	 	 	4.1	 	 	 	(93	%)	 	 	(2.6	)	 	 	(6.5	)	 	 	3.9	 	 	 	(60	%)	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	5.1	 	 	 	(5.1	)	 	 	N/M	 	 	 	(9.0	)	 	 	(9.2	)	 	 	0.2	 	 	 	(2	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	202.0	 	 	 	112.8	 	 	 	89.2	 	 	 	79	%	 	 	505.1	 	 	 	259.5	 	 	 	245.6	 	 	 	95	%	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	9.7	 	 	 	17.9	 	 	 	(8.2	)	 	 	(46	%)	 	 	39.0	 	 	 	83.1	 	 	 	(44.1	)	 	 	(53	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	$	211.7	 	 	$	130.7	 	 	$	81.0	 	 	 	62	%	 	$	544.1	 	 	$	342.6	 	 	$	201.5	 	 	 	59	%	

			
(1)	 	Prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect the 2008 segment structure, which now includes service revenue and operating results in the Infrastructure and SLT segments.	
 		
(2)	 	Other corporate represents miscellaneous expenses that have not been allocated to segment operating results.	
 		
N/M	 	- Not meaningful	
 45 

Table of Contents

The following table shows financial information for each segment as a percentage of total net revenues:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended	 	Nine Months Ended	
 	 	September 30,	 	September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007 (1)	 	2008	 	2007 (1)	
Net Revenues:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	64.4	%	 	 	63.3	%	 	 	64.7	%	 	 	61.8	%	
Service	 	 	12.6	%	 	 	10.8	%	 	 	11.7	%	 	 	11.5	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Infrastructure revenues	 	 	77.0	%	 	 	74.1	%	 	 	76.4	%	 	 	73.3	%	
Service Layer Technologies:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Product	 	 	16.6	%	 	 	19.3	%	 	 	17.0	%	 	 	20.0	%	
Service	 	 	6.4	%	 	 	6.6	%	 	 	6.6	%	 	 	6.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Service Layer Technologies revenues	 	 	23.0	%	 	 	25.9	%	 	 	23.6	%	 	 	26.7	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net revenues	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	 	 	100.0	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Infrastructure	 	 	22.9	%	 	 	22.3	%	 	 	22.8	%	 	 	20.9	%	
Service Layer Technologies	 	 	2.2	%	 	 	(1.2	%)	 	 	1.5	%	 	 	(0.5	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segment operating income	 	 	25.1	%	 	 	21.1	%	 	 	24.3	%	 	 	20.4	%	
Other corporate (2)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(0.2	%)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total management operating income	 	 	25.1	%	 	 	21.1	%	 	 	24.1	%	 	 	20.4	%	
Amortization of purchased intangible assets	 	 	(0.7	%)	 	 	(2.9	%)	 	 	(1.6	%)	 	 	(3.4	%)	
Stock-based compensation expense	 	 	(3.0	%)	 	 	(2.9	%)	 	 	(3.0	%)	 	 	(3.4	%)	
Stock-based payroll tax expense	 	 	(0.1	%)	 	 	(0.7	%)	 	 	(0.1	%)	 	 	(0.3	%)	
Other charges, net	 	 	—	 	 	 	0.7	%	 	 	(0.3	%)	 	 	(0.5	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating income	 	 	21.3	%	 	 	15.3	%	 	 	19.1	%	 	 	12.8	%	
Interest and other income, net	 	 	1.1	%	 	 	2.5	%	 	 	1.5	%	 	 	4.1	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	22.4	%	 	 	17.8	%	 	 	20.6	%	 	 	16.9	%	

			
(1)	 	Prior period amounts have been reclassified to reflect the 2008 segment structure, which now includes service revenue and operating results in the Infrastructure and SLT segments.	
 		
(2)	 	Other corporate represents miscellaneous expenses that have not been allocated to segment operating results.	
Infrastructure Segment
An analysis of the change in revenue for the Infrastructure segment, and the change in units, can be found above in the section titled “Net Revenues.”
Infrastructure segment operating income increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to revenue growth from our router product families and to a lesser extent our Ethernet switching product family, which outpaced the expense growth. Infrastructure product gross margin increased in absolute dollars in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to revenues from richly configured high-end T- and M-series router products as well as high-margin port shipments. The Infrastructure gross margin percentage decreased slightly in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to product mix and the timing of revenue recognition from certain arrangements for previously shipped lower margin E-series products.
We continued to invest in research and development efforts to continue our innovation of products and expand our Infrastructure product portfolio, but our research and development expense decreased as a percentage of Infrastructure net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to cost control initiatives that resulted in revenue growing faster than expenses. We will continue to make investments to expand our product features and functionality based upon the trends in the marketplace. Additionally, in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, our sales and marketing expenses decreased slightly as a percentage of Infrastructure net revenues, but increased in absolute dollars as we increased our efforts to reach enterprise and service provider customers. We
 46 

Table of Contents

allocate sales and marketing, general and administrative, as well as facility and information technology expenses to the Infrastructure segment generally based upon revenue, usage and headcount.
SLT Segment
An analysis of the change in revenue for the SLT segment, and the change in units, can be found above in the section titled “Net Revenues.”
SLT segment operating income increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to revenue growth outpacing increases in SLT expenses. SLT product gross margin and gross margin percentage increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to product mix, particularly from an increase in the mix of higher margin high-end Firewall and J-series products in 2008. Research and development related costs decreased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of SLT revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to cost control initiatives that resulted in revenue growing faster than research and development expenses. Additionally, sales and marketing as well as general and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of SLT net revenues in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007, primarily due to our focused execution. We allocate sales and marketing, general and administrative, as well as facility and information technology expenses to the SLT segment generally based on revenue, usage and headcount. We have historically experienced seasonality and fluctuations in the demand for our SLT products, which may result in greater variations in our quarterly revenue.
Amortization of Purchased Intangible Assets, Stock-Based Compensation and Related Payroll Tax Expense, Other Charges, Net, and Interest and Other Income, Net.
See “Nature of Expenses” and “Operating Expenses” for further discussion.
Key Performance Measures
In addition to the financial metrics included in the condensed consolidated financial statements, we use the following key performance measures to assess quarterly operating results:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three Months Ended September 30,	
 	 	2008	 	2007	
Days sales outstanding (DSO)(a)	 	 	35	 	 	 	34	 	
Book-to-bill ratio(b)	 	 	>1	 	 	 	>1	 	

(a)	 	Days sales outstanding, or DSO, is calculated as the ratio of ending accounts receivable, net of allowances, divided by average daily net sales for the preceding 90 days for the three months ended September 30, 2008. DSO increased slightly in the third quarter of 2008, compared to the third quarter of 2007, primarily due to the timing of receipts from our customers.	
 		
(b)	 	Book-to-bill ratio represents the ratio of product orders booked divided by product revenues during the period.	
 47 

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
We have funded our business through our operating activities and by issuing securities. The following table shows our capital resources (in millions, except percentages):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	September 30,	 	 	December 31,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	2008	 	 	2007	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
Working capital	 	$	1,619.5	 	 	$	1,175.3	 	 	$	444.2	 	 	 	38	%	
 		
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	1,778.5	 	 	$	1,716.1	 	 	$	62.4	 	 	 	4	%	
Short-term investments	 	 	242.5	 	 	 	240.4	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	1	%	
Long-term investments	 	 	110.7	 	 	 	59.3	 	 	 	51.4	 	 	 	(87	%)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale investments	 	$	2,131.7	 	 	$	2,015.8	 	 	$	115.9	 	 	 	6	%	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The significant components of our working capital are cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable, reduced by accounts payable, income tax payable, accrued liabilities and short-term deferred revenue. Working capital increased primarily due to an increase in cash and cash equivalents balance due to cash generated from operations and the conversion of our Senior Notes into common stock.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, we repurchased $562.2 million, or 22.7 million shares, of our common stock under two stock repurchase programs that were authorized by our Board of Directors.
Under the $2.0 billion stock repurchase program approved in 2006 and 2007 (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”), we repurchased approximately 13.2 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.52 per share for a total purchase price of $323.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 15.4 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.53 per share for a total purchase price of $376.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, we have repurchased and retired approximately 84.8 million shares of our common stock under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program at an average price of $23.58 per share, and the program had no remaining authorized funds available for future stock repurchases.
The Board of Directors approved another $1.0 billion stock repurchase program in March 2008 (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”). Under this program, we repurchased approximately 4.8 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $24.66 per share for a total purchase price of $117.2 million during the three months ended September 30, 2008, and approximately 7.3 million shares of our common stock at an average price of $25.42 per share for a total purchase price of $185.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. As of September 30, 2008, the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program had remaining authorized funds of $814.6 million.
All shares of common stock purchased under the 2006 and 2008 Stock Repurchase Programs have been retired. Future share repurchases under the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, together with cash generated from operations as well as cash generated from the exercise of employee stock options and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan will be sufficient to fund our operations, debt, and growth for at least the next 12 months. We believe our working capital is sufficient to meet our liquidity requirements for capital expenditures, commitments and other liquidity requirements associated with our existing operations during the same period.
 48 

Table of Contents

However, our future liquidity and capital requirements may vary materially from those now planned depending on many factors, including:

•	 	the overall levels of sales of our products and gross profit margins;	
 		
•	 	our business, product, capital expenditures and research and development plans;	
 		
•	 	the market acceptance of our products;	
 		
•	 	repurchases of our common stock;	
 		
•	 	issuance and repayment of debt;	
 		
•	 	litigation expenses, settlements and judgments;	
 		
•	 	volume price discounts and customer rebates;	
 		
•	 	the levels of accounts receivable that we maintain;	
 		
•	 	acquisitions of other businesses, assets, products or technologies;	
 		
•	 	changes in our compensation policies;	
 		
•	 	capital improvements for new and existing facilities;	
 		
•	 	technological advances;	
 		
•	 	our competitors’ responses to our products;	
 		
•	 	our relationships with suppliers and customers;	
 		
•	 	possible future investments in raw material and finished goods inventories;	
 		
•	 	expenses related to our future restructuring plans, if any;	
 		
•	 	tax expense associated with stock-based awards;	
 		
•	 	issuance of stock-based awards and the related payment in cash for withholding taxes in the current year and possibly during future years;	
 		
•	 	the level of exercises of stock options and stock purchases under our equity incentive plans; and	
 		
•	 	general economic conditions and specific conditions in our industry and markets, including the effects of disruptions in global credit and financial markets, international conflicts and related uncertainties.	
Cash Requirements and Contractual Obligations
Our principal commitments primarily consisted of obligations outstanding under operating leases, purchase commitments, tax liabilities and other contractual obligations.
Our contractual obligations under operating leases primarily relate to our leased facilities under our non-cancelable operating leases. Rent payments are allocated to costs and operating expenses in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. We occupy approximately 1.9 million square feet world wide under operating leases. The majority of our office space is in North America, including our corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California. Our longest lease expires in January 2017. As of September 30, 2008, future minimum payments under our
 49 

Table of Contents

non-cancelable operating leases, net of committed sublease income, were $225.4 million, of which $14.1 million will be paid over the remaining nine months of 2008.
In order to reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component supply, our contract manufacturers place non-cancelable, non-returnable (“NCNR”) orders for components based on our build forecast. As of September 30, 2008, there were NCNR component orders placed by our contract manufacturers with a value of $98.9 million. The contract manufacturers use the components to build products based on our forecasts and on purchase orders we have received from our customers. Generally, we do not take ownership of the components and title to the products transfers from contract manufacturers to us and immediately to our customers upon delivery at a designated shipment location. If the components go unused or the products go unsold for specified periods of time, we may incur carrying charges or obsolete materials charges for components that our contract manufacturers purchased to build products to meet our forecast or customer orders. As of September 30, 2008, we had accrued $28.5 million based on our estimate of such charges.
As of September 30, 2008, we had $82.5 million of long-term liabilities in our condensed consolidated balance sheet for unrecognized tax positions. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years beyond the next 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes.
As of September 30, 2008, other contractual obligations consisted primarily of an indemnity-related escrow amount of $2.3 million, a software subscription requiring payment of $5.0 million in January 2009, and a joint development agreement with quarterly payments of $3.5 million payable through January 2010. Additionally, in the second quarter of 2008, we entered into a five year, $34.0 million data center hosting agreement which was amended in the third quarter of 2008, increasing the amounts payable under the agreement to $36.4 million. As of September 30, 2008, $28.1 million remained unpaid under the data center hosting agreement of which $1.9 million is required to be paid by the fourth quarter of 2008. The remaining commitment under this agreement is expected to be paid through the end of April 2013.
In the nine months ended September 30, 2008, cash and cash equivalents increased by $62.4 million. This increase resulted from $660.1 million of cash that was generated from our operating activities, partially offset by cash used in investing activities of $191.5 million and cash used in financing activities of $406.2 million.
Operating Activities
We generated cash from operating activities of $660.1 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to $542.2 million in the same period of 2007. The increase of $117.9 million in the 2008 period compared to a year ago was chiefly due to the following activities within the period:

•	 	Net income of $379.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to $237.9 million in the same 2007 period due to revenue growth and decreases in expenses as a percentage of net revenues.	
 		
•	 	Cash inflow of $11.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to an outflow of $20.7 million for the same period in 2007, primarily due to the decrease in accounts receivable during the current fiscal year as a result of improved DSO from 42 days as of December 31, 2007 to 35 days as of September 30, 2008 and the timing of product shipments at the end of the quarter.	
 		
•	 	Cash inflow of $75.6 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to an inflow of $30.2 million for the same period in 2007, primarily due to increases in other payables and liabilities. In particular, our income taxes payable and long-term tax reserve liabilities increased by $41.9 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to a decrease of $4.3 million in the same 2007 period, due to the timing of payments of federal, state and foreign income taxes.	
 50 

Table of Contents

Investing Activities
For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, net cash used by investing activities was $191.5 million compared to $509.6 million of net cash generated by investing activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The change compared to the prior year period was primarily due to the movement of cash from short and long-term investments to cash and cash equivalents during the first nine months of 2007 in anticipation of stock repurchases under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program. In the first nine months of 2008, we invested a net $57.1 million in available-for-sale investments based upon our investment strategy.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $406.2 million and $1,298.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In the nine months ended September 30 2008, we used $562.2 million to repurchase our common stock, partially offset by cash proceeds of $115.4 million from common stock issued to employees, compared to the $1,623.2 million of common stock repurchases in the same 2007 period, partially offset by cash proceeds of $308.7 million from common stock issued to employees.
Factors That May Affect Future Results
A description of the risk factors associated with our business is included under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part II of this report.
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
We maintain an investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. The values of our investments are subject to market price volatility. In addition, a portion of our cash and marketable securities is held in non-U.S. domiciled countries. These marketable securities are generally classified as available-for-sale and, consequently, are recorded on our condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).
At any time, a rise in interest rates could have a material adverse impact on the fair value of our investment portfolio. Conversely, declines in interest rates could have a material impact on interest earnings of our investment portfolio. We do not currently hedge these interest rate exposures. We recognized immaterial net gains or losses during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 related to the sales of our investments.
Foreign Currency Risk and Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts
We use derivatives to partially offset our market exposure to fluctuations in certain foreign currencies. We do not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.
We use foreign currency forward contracts to mitigate gains and losses generated from the re-measurement of certain foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities. These derivatives are carried at fair value with changes recorded in interest and other income, net. Changes in the fair value of these derivatives are largely offset by re-measurement of the underlying assets and liabilities. These foreign exchange contracts have maturities between one and two months.
Our sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. Our costs of revenues and operating expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars, the British Pound, the Euro, Indian Rupee and Japanese Yen as well as other foreign currencies. We use foreign currency forward and/or option contracts to hedge certain forecasted foreign currency transactions relating to operating expenses. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges and have maturities of less than one year. The effective portion of the derivative’s gain or loss is initially reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and, upon occurrence of the forecasted transaction, is subsequently reclassified into the operating expense line item to which the hedged transaction relates. We record the ineffectiveness of the hedging
 51 

Table of Contents

instruments, which was immaterial during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, in interest and other income, net on our condensed consolidated statements of operations. Research and development, sales and marketing, as well as general and administrative expenses slightly increased in the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared with the same periods in 2007, due to the effect of foreign currency fluctuations.
Equity Price Risk
Our portfolio of publicly-traded equity securities is inherently exposed to equity price risk as the stock market fluctuates. We monitor our publicly-traded equity investments for impairment on a periodic basis. In the event that the carrying value of a publicly-traded equity investment exceeds its fair value, and we determine the decline in the value to be other than temporary, we reduce the carrying value to its current fair value. We do not purchase our publicly-traded equity securities with the intent to use them for trading or speculative purposes. They are classified as available-for-sale securities in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. The aggregate fair value of our marketable equity securities was $6.1 million and $8.6 million as of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively. A hypothetical 30% adverse change in the stock prices of our portfolio of publicly-traded equity securities would result in an immaterial loss.
In addition to publicly-traded equity securities, we have also invested in privately-held companies. These investments are carried at cost. The aggregate cost of our investments in privately-held companies was $26.3 million and $23.3 million as of September 30, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Attached as exhibits to this report are certifications of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section includes information concerning the controls and related evaluations referred to in the certifications and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered in this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Controls
In 2007, we initiated a multi-year implementation to upgrade certain key internal systems and processes, including our company-wide human resources management system, CRM system and our ERP system. This project is the result of our normal business process to evaluate and upgrade or replace our systems software and related business processes to support our evolving operational needs. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the third quarter of 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 52 

Table of Contents

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Our controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that our control system’s objective will be met and our CEO and CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
PART II — OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1. Legal Proceedings
The information set forth under “Legal Proceedings” section in Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies in the Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 1 Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Factors That May Affect Future Results
Investments in equity securities of publicly traded companies involve significant risks. The market price of our stock reflects a higher multiple of expected future earnings than many other companies. Accordingly, even small changes in investor expectations for our future growth and earnings, whether as a result of actual or rumored financial or operating results, changes in the mix of the products and services sold, acquisitions, industry changes or other factors, could trigger, and have triggered, significant fluctuations in the market price of our common stock. Investors in our securities should carefully consider all of the relevant factors, including, but not limited to, the following factors, that could affect our stock price.
Our quarterly results are inherently unpredictable and subject to substantial fluctuations and, as a result, we may fail to meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Our revenues and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate.
The factors that may affect the unpredictability of our quarterly results include, but are not limited to: limited visibility into customer spending plans, changes in the mix of products sold, changing market conditions, including current and potential customer consolidation, competition, customer concentration, long sales and implementation cycles, regional economic and political conditions and seasonality. For example, many companies in our industry experience adverse seasonal fluctuations in customer spending patterns, particularly in the first and third quarters.
As a result, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of operating results are not necessarily a good indication of what our future performance will be. It is likely that in some future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, in which case the price of our common stock may decline. Such a
 53 

Table of Contents

decline could occur, and has occurred in the past, even when we have met our publicly stated revenue and/or earnings guidance.
Fluctuating economic conditions make it difficult to predict revenues for a particular period and a shortfall in revenues or increase in costs of production may harm our operating results.
Our revenues depend significantly on general economic conditions and the demand for products in the markets in which we compete. Economic weakness, customer financial difficulties and constrained spending on network expansion have previously resulted (for example, in 2001 and 2002), and may in the future result, in decreased revenues and earnings and could negatively impact our ability to forecast and manage our contract manufacturer relationships. In addition, recent turmoil in the global financial markets and recession concerns, as well as turmoil in the geopolitical environment in many parts of the world, may continue to put pressure on global economic conditions, which could lead to reduced demand for our products and/or higher costs of production. Economic downturns may also lead to longer collection cycles for payments due from our customers, an increase in bad debts, restructuring initiatives and associated expenses and impairment of investments. Furthermore, the recent disruption in worldwide credit markets may adversely impact the ability of our customers to adequately fund their expected capital expenditures, which could lead to delays or cancellations of planned purchases of our products or services. In addition, our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated revenue trends and a high percentage of our expenses are, and will continue to be, fixed in the short-term. Uncertainty about future economic conditions makes it difficult to forecast operating results and to make decisions about future investments. Future economic weakness, customer financial difficulties, increases in costs of production, and reductions in spending on network expansion could have a material adverse effect on demand for our products and consequently on our net revenues, results of operations and stock price.
Telecommunications companies and other large companies generally require more onerous terms and conditions of their vendors. As we seek to sell more products to such customers, we may be required to agree to terms and conditions that may have an adverse effect on our business or ability to recognize revenues.
Telecommunications service provider companies and other large companies, because of their size, generally have had greater purchasing power and, accordingly, have requested and received more favorable terms, which often translate into more onerous terms and conditions for their vendors. As we seek to sell more products to this class of customer, we may be required to agree to such terms and conditions, which may include terms that affect the timing of our ability to recognize revenue and have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Consolidation among such large customers can further increase their buying power and ability to require onerous terms.
For example, many customers in this class have purchased products from other vendors who promised certain functionality and failed to deliver such functionality and/or had products that caused problems and outages in the networks of these customers. As a result, this class of customers may request additional features from us and require substantial penalties for failure to deliver such features or may require substantial penalties for any network outages that may be caused by our products. These additional requests and penalties, if we are required to agree to them, may affect our ability to recognize the revenues from such sales, which may negatively affect our business and our financial condition. For example, in April 2006, we announced that we would be required to defer a large amount of revenue from a customer due to the contractual obligations required by that customer.
For arrangements with multiple elements, vendor specific objective evidence of fair value of the undelivered element is required in order to separate the components and to account for elements of the arrangement separately. Vendor specific objective evidence of fair value is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. However, customers may require terms and conditions that make it more difficult or impossible for us to maintain vendor specific objective evidence of fair value for the undelivered elements to a similar group of customers, the result of which could cause us to defer the entire arrangement fees for a similar group of customers (product, maintenance, professional services, etc.) and recognize revenue only when the last element is delivered or if the only undelivered element is maintenance revenue would be recognized ratably over the contractual maintenance period, which is generally one year but could be substantially longer.
 54 

Table of Contents

Our ability to process orders and ship products in a timely manner is dependent in part on our business systems and performance of the systems and processes of third parties such as our contract manufacturers, suppliers or other partners, as well as interfaces with the systems of such third parties. If our systems, the systems and processes of those third parties or the interfaces between them experience delays or fail, our business processes and our ability to build and ship products could be impacted, and our financial results could be harmed.
Some of our business processes depend upon our information technology systems, the systems and processes of third parties and on interfaces with the systems of third parties. For example, our order entry system feeds information into the systems of our contract manufacturers, which enables them to build and ship our products. If those systems fail or are interrupted, our processes may function at a diminished level or not at all. This could negatively impact our ability to ship products or otherwise operate our business, and our financial results could be harmed. For example, although it did not adversely affect our shipments, an earthquake in late December of 2006 disrupted communications with China, where a significant part of our manufacturing occurs.
We also rely upon the performance of the systems and processes of our contract manufacturers to build and ship our products. If those systems and processes experience interruption or delay, our ability to build and ship our products in a timely manner may be harmed. For example, as we have expanded our contract manufacturing base to China, we have experienced instances where our contract manufacturer was not able to ship products in the time periods expected by us. If we are not able to ship our products or if product shipments are delayed, our ability to recognize revenue in a timely manner for those products would be affected and our financial results could be harmed.
A limited number of our customers comprise a significant portion of our revenues and any decrease in revenue from these customers could have an adverse effect on our net revenues and operating results.
A substantial majority of our net revenues depend on sales to a limited number of customers and distribution partners. For example, Verizon accounted for greater than 10% of our net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and NSN accounted for greater than 10% of our net revenues during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007. This customer concentration increases the risk of quarterly fluctuations in our revenues and operating results. Changes in the business requirements, vendor selection or purchasing behavior of our key customers or potential new customers could significantly decrease sales to such customers. In addition, the recent disruption in worldwide credit markets may adversely impact the ability of our customers to adequately fund their expected capital expenditures, which could lead to delays or cancellations of planned purchases of our products or services. Any of these factors could adversely affect our net revenues and results of operations.
In addition, in recent years there has been consolidation in the telecommunications industry (for example, the acquisitions of AT&T Inc., MCI, Inc. and BellSouth Corporation) and consolidation among the large vendors of telecommunications equipment and services (for example, the combination of Alcatel and Lucent, the joint venture of NSN and the acquisition of Redback by Ericsson). Such consolidation may cause our customers who are involved in these acquisitions to suspend or indefinitely reduce their purchases of our products or have other unforeseen consequences that could harm our business and operating results.
If we fail to accurately predict our manufacturing requirements, we could incur additional costs or experience manufacturing delays which would harm our business.
We provide demand forecasts to our contract manufacturers. If we overestimate our requirements, the contract manufacturers may assess charges or we may have liabilities for excess inventory, each of which could negatively affect our gross margins. Conversely, because lead times for required materials and components vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and the demand for each component at a given time, if we underestimate our requirements, the contract manufacturers may have inadequate time or materials and components required to produce our products, which could increase costs or could delay or interrupt manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipments and deferral or loss of revenues.
 55 

Table of Contents

We are dependent on sole source and limited source suppliers for several key components, which makes us susceptible to shortages or price fluctuations in our supply chain and we may face increased challenges in supply chain management in the future.
With the current demand for electronic products, component shortages are possible and the predictability of the availability of such components may be limited. Growth in our business and the economy is likely to create greater pressures on us and our suppliers to accurately project overall component demand and to establish optimal component levels. If shortages or delays persist, the price of these components may increase, or the components may not be available at all. We may not be able to secure enough components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build new products in a timely manner and our revenues and gross margins could suffer until other sources can be developed. For example, from time to time, including the first quarter of 2008, we have experienced component shortages that resulted in delays of product shipments. We currently purchase numerous key components, including ASICs, from single or limited sources. The development of alternate sources for those components is time consuming, difficult and costly. In addition, the lead times associated with certain components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantities and delivery schedules. In the event of a component shortage or supply interruption from these suppliers, we may not be able to develop alternate or second sources in a timely manner. If, as a result, we are unable to buy these components in quantities sufficient to meet our requirements on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver product to our customers, which would seriously impact present and future sales, which would, in turn, adversely affect our business.
In addition, the development, licensing or acquisition of new products in the future may increase the complexity of supply chain management. Failure to effectively manage the supply of key components and products would adversely affect our business.
We are dependent on contract manufacturers with whom we do not have long-term supply contracts, and changes to those relationships, expected or unexpected, may result in delays or disruptions that could cause us to lose revenue and damage our customer relationships.
We depend on independent contract manufacturers (each of which is a third party manufacturer for numerous companies) to manufacture our products. Although we have contracts with our contract manufacturers, those contracts do not require them to manufacture our products on a long-term basis in any specific quantity or at any specific price. In addition, it is time consuming and costly to qualify and implement additional contract manufacturer relationships. Therefore, if we should fail to effectively manage our contract manufacturer relationships or if one or more of them should experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations, or if we had to change or add additional contract manufacturers or contract manufacturing sites, our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed. Also, the addition of manufacturing locations or contract manufacturers would increase the complexity of our supply chain management. Moreover, an increasing portion of our manufacturing is performed in China and other countries and is therefore subject to risks associated with doing business in other countries. Each of these factors could adversely affect our business and financial results.
We expect gross margin to vary over time and our recent level of product gross margin may not be sustainable.
Our product gross margins will vary from quarter to quarter and the recent level of gross margins may not be sustainable and may be adversely affected in the future by numerous factors, including product mix shifts, increased price competition in one or more of the markets in which we compete, increases in material or labor costs, excess product component or obsolescence charges from our contract manufacturers, increased costs due to changes in component pricing or charges incurred due to component holding periods if our forecasts do not accurately anticipate product demand, warranty related issues, or our introduction of new products or entry into new markets with different pricing and cost structures.
 56 

Table of Contents

The long sales and implementation cycles for our products, as well as our expectation that some customers will sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may cause our revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter.
A customer’s decision to purchase certain of our products involves a significant commitment of its resources and a lengthy evaluation and product qualification process. As a result, the sales cycle may be lengthy. In particular, customers making critical decisions regarding the design and implementation of large or next-generation networks may engage in very lengthy procurement processes that may delay or impact expected future orders. Throughout the sales cycle, we may spend considerable time educating and providing information to prospective customers regarding the use and benefits of our products. Even after making the decision to purchase, customers may deploy our products slowly and deliberately. Timing of deployment can vary widely and depends on the skill set of the customer, the size of the network deployment, the complexity of the customer’s network environment and the degree of hardware and operating system configuration necessary to deploy the products. Customers with large networks usually expand their networks in large increments on a periodic basis. Accordingly, we may receive purchase orders for significant dollar amounts on an irregular basis. These long cycles, as well as our expectation that customers will tend to sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may cause revenues and operating results to vary significantly and unexpectedly from quarter to quarter.
We are a party to lawsuits, which are costly to investigate and defend and, if determined adversely to us, could require us to pay damages or prevent us from taking certain actions, any or all of which could harm our business and financial condition.
We and certain of our current and former officers and current and former members of our board of directors are subject to various lawsuits. For example, we have been served with lawsuits related to the alleged backdating of stock options and other related matters, a description of which can be found above in Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading “Legal Proceedings.” There can be no assurance that these or any actions that have been or may be brought against us will be resolved in our favor. Regardless of whether they are resolved in our favor, these lawsuits are, and any future lawsuits to which we may become a party will likely be, expensive and time consuming to investigate, defend, settle and/or resolve. Such costs of investigation and defense, as well as any losses resulting from these claims or settlement of these claims, could significantly increase our expenses and could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
In addition, we are party to a lawsuit which seeks to enjoin us from granting equity awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”), as well as to invalidate all awards granted under such plan to date. The 2006 Plan is the only active plan under which we currently grant stock options and restricted stock units to our employees. If this lawsuit is not resolved in our favor, we may be prevented from using the 2006 Plan to provide these equity awards to recruit new employees or to compensate existing employees, which would put us at a significant disadvantage to other companies that compete for workers in high technology industries such as ours. Accordingly, our ability to hire, retain and motivate current and prospective employees would be harmed, the result of which could negatively impact our business operations.
We sell our products to customers that use those products to build networks and IP infrastructure and, if the demand for network and IP systems does not continue to grow, then our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
A substantial portion of our business and revenue depends on the growth of secure IP infrastructure and on the deployment of our products by customers that depend on the continued growth of IP services. As a result of changes in the economy and capital spending or the building of network capacity in excess of demand, all of which have in the past particularly affected telecommunications service providers, spending on IP infrastructure can vary, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, a number of our existing customers are evaluating the build out of their next generation network, or NGN. During the decision making period when the customers are determining the design of those networks and the selection of the equipment they will use in those networks, such customers may greatly reduce or suspend their spending on secure IP infrastructure. Such pauses in purchases can make it more difficult to predict revenues from such customers, can cause fluctuations in the
 57 

Table of Contents

level of spending by these customers and, even where our products are ultimately selected, can have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.
If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and develop products and product enhancements that meet those needs, or if those products do not gain market acceptance, we may not be able to compete effectively and our ability to generate revenues will suffer.
We cannot guarantee that we will be able to anticipate future market needs or be able to develop new products or product enhancements to meet such needs or to meet them in a timely manner. If we fail to anticipate market requirements or to develop and introduce new products or product enhancements to meet those needs in a timely manner, such failure could substantially decrease or delay market acceptance and sales of our present and future products, which would significantly harm our business and financial results. Even if we are able to anticipate, develop and commercially introduce new products and enhancements, there can be no assurance that new products or enhancements will achieve widespread market acceptance. For example, in the first quarter of 2008, we announced new products designed to address the Ethernet switching market, a market in which we have not had a historical presence. If these new products do not gain market acceptance at a sufficient rate of growth, or at all, our ability to meet future financial targets may be adversely affected. Any failure of our products to achieve market acceptance could adversely affect our business and financial results.
We rely on value-added resellers and distribution partners to sell our products, and disruptions to, or our failure to effectively develop and manage our distribution channel and the processes and procedures that support it could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.
Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing and maintaining successful relationships with a variety of value-added reseller and distribution partners. The majority of our revenues are derived through value-added resellers and distributors, most of which also sell competitors’ products. Our revenues depend in part on the performance of these partners. The loss of or reduction in sales to our value-added resellers or distributors could materially reduce our revenues. During 2006, Alcatel, another value-added reseller and a competitor of ours, acquired Lucent, one of our largest value-added resellers. In addition, in April 2007 our largest customer, Siemens, transferred its telecommunications business to a joint venture between Siemens and Nokia. Our competitors may in some cases be effective in providing incentives to current or potential resellers and distributors to favor their products or to prevent or reduce sales of our products. If we fail to maintain relationships with our partners, fail to develop new relationships with value-added resellers and distributors in new markets or expand the number of distributors and resellers in existing markets, fail to manage, train or motivate existing value-added resellers and distributors effectively or if these partners are not successful in their sales efforts, sales of our products may decrease and our operating results would suffer.
In addition, we recognize a portion of our revenue based on a sell-through model using information provided by our distributors. If those distributors provide us with inaccurate or untimely information, the amount or timing of our revenues could be adversely impacted.
Further, in order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must continue to scale and improve our processes and procedures that support it, and those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and inherently difficult to manage. Our failure to successfully manage and develop our distribution channel and the processes and procedures that support it could adversely affect our ability to generate revenues from the sale of our products.
We face intense competition that could reduce our revenues and adversely affect our financial results.
Competition is intense in the markets that we address. The IP infrastructure market has historically been dominated by Cisco with other companies such as Alcatel-Lucent, Ericsson, Extreme Networks, Foundry Networks, Huawei, and Nortel providing products to a smaller segment of the market. In addition, a number of other small public and private companies have products or have announced plans for new products to address the same challenges and markets that our products address.
 58 

Table of Contents

In the service layer technologies market, we face intense competition from a broader group of companies including appliance vendors such as Cisco, Fortinet, F5 Networks, Nortel and Riverbed, and software vendors such as CheckPoint. In addition, a number of other small public and private companies have products or have announced plans for new products to address the same challenges and markets that our products address.
In addition, actual or speculated consolidation among competitors, or the acquisition of our partners and resellers by competitors, can increase the competitive pressures faced by us. In this regard, Alcatel combined with Lucent in 2006 and Ericsson acquired Redback in 2007. A number of our competitors have substantially greater resources and can offer a wider range of products and services for the overall network equipment market than we do. If we are unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors on the basis of product offerings or price, we could experience a loss in market share and revenues and/or be required to reduce prices, which could reduce our gross margins, and which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We are currently implementing upgrades to key internal systems and processes, and problems with the design or implementation of these systems and processes could interfere with our business and operations.
We have initiated a project to upgrade certain key internal systems and processes, including our company-wide human resources management system, our CRM system and our ERP system. We have invested, and will continue to invest, significant capital and human resources in the design and implementation of these systems and processes, which may be disruptive to our underlying business. Any disruptions or delays in the design and implementation of the new systems or processes, particularly any disruptions or delays that impact our operations, could adversely affect our ability to process customer orders, ship products, provide service and support to our customers, bill and track our customers, fulfill contractual obligations, record and transfer information in a timely and accurate manner, file SEC reports in a timely manner or otherwise run our business. Even if we do not encounter these adverse effects, the design and implementation of these new systems and processes may be much more costly than we anticipated. If we are unable to successfully design and implement these new systems and processes as planned, or if the implementation of these systems and processes is more costly than anticipated, our financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.
Litigation or claims regarding intellectual property rights may be time consuming, expensive and require a significant amount of resources to prosecute, defend or make our products non-infringing.
Third parties have asserted and may in the future assert claims or initiate litigation related to patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights to technologies and related standards that are relevant to our products. The asserted claims and/or initiated litigation may include claims against us or our manufacturers, suppliers or customers, alleging infringement of their proprietary rights with respect to our products. Regardless of the merit of these claims, they have been and can be time consuming, result in costly litigation and may require us to develop non-infringing technologies or enter into license agreements. Furthermore, because of the potential for high awards of damages or injunctive relief that are not necessarily predictable, even arguably unmeritorious claims may be settled for significant amounts of money. If any infringement or other intellectual property claim made against us by any third party is successful, if we are required to settle litigation for significant amounts of money, or if we fail to develop non-infringing technology or license required proprietary rights on commercially reasonable terms and conditions, our business, operating results, financial condition and cash flow could be materially and adversely affected.
We are subject to risks arising from our international operations.
We derive a majority of our revenues from our international operations, and we plan to continue expanding our business in international markets in the future. As a result of our international operations, we are affected by economic, regulatory and political conditions in foreign countries, including changes in IT spending generally, the imposition of government controls, changes or limitations in trade protection laws, unfavorable changes in tax treaties or laws, natural disasters, labor unrest, earnings expatriation restrictions, misappropriation of intellectual property, acts of terrorism and continued unrest in many regions and other factors, which could have a material impact on our international revenues and operations. In particular, in some countries we may experience reduced
 59 

Table of Contents

intellectual property protection. Moreover, local laws and customs in many countries differ significantly from those in the United States. In many foreign countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies and procedures or United States regulations applicable to us. Although we implement policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, contractors and agents will not take actions in violation of them. Violations of laws or key control policies by our employees, contractors or agents could result in financial reporting problems, fines, penalties, or prohibition on the importation or exportation of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by: earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory rates; by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities; by expiration of or lapses in the R&D tax credit laws; by transfer pricing adjustments related to certain acquisitions including the license of acquired intangibles under our intercompany R&D cost sharing arrangement; by tax effects of stock-based compensation; by costs related to intercompany restructurings; or by changes in tax laws, regulations, accounting principles, or interpretations thereof. In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. There can be no assurance that the outcomes from these continuous examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates which could negatively affect our financial results and cash flows.
Because a majority of our business is conducted outside the United States, we face exposure to adverse movements in non-US currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve and could have a material adverse impact on our financial results and cash flows.
The majority of our revenues and expenses are transacted in U.S. Dollars. We also have some transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the British Pound, the Euro, Indian Rupee and Japanese Yen related to our sales and service operations outside of the United States. An increase in the value of the U.S. Dollar could increase the real cost to our customers of our products in those markets outside the United States where we sell in
U.S. Dollars, and a weakened dollar could increase the cost of local operating expenses and procurement of raw materials to the extent we must purchase components in foreign currencies.
Currently, we hedge only those currency exposures associated with certain assets and liabilities denominated in nonfunctional currencies and periodically will hedge anticipated foreign currency cash flows. The hedging activities undertaken by us are intended to offset the impact of currency fluctuations on certain nonfunctional currency assets and liabilities. However, no amount of hedging can be effective against all circumstances, including long-term declines in the value of the U.S. Dollar. If our attempts to hedge against these risks are not successful or if long-term declines in the value of the U.S. Dollar persist, our net income could be adversely impacted.
Matters related to the investigation into our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our financial statements has resulted in litigation and regulatory proceedings, and may result in additional litigation or other possible government actions.
Our historical stock option granting practices and the restatement of our financial statements have exposed us to greater risks associated with litigation, regulatory proceedings and government enforcement actions. For more information regarding our current litigation and related inquiries, please see Note 9 — Commitments and Contingencies in Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading “Legal Proceedings” as well as the other risk factors related to litigation set forth in this section. We have provided the results of our internal
 60 

Table of Contents

review and independent investigation to the SEC and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of California, and in that regard we have responded to formal and informal requests for documents and additional information. In August 2007, we announced that we entered into a settlement agreement with the SEC in connection with our historical stock option granting practices in which we consented to a permanent injunction against any future violations of the antifraud, reporting, books-and-records and internal control provisions of the federal securities laws. This settlement concluded the SEC’s formal investigation of the Company with respect to this matter. In addition, while we believe that we have made appropriate judgments in determining the correct measurement dates for our stock option grants, the SEC may disagree with the manner in which we accounted for and reported, or did not report, the corresponding financial impact. We are also subject to civil litigation related to the stock option matters. No assurance can be given regarding the outcomes from litigation or other possible government actions. The resolution of these matters will be time consuming, expensive, and may distract management from the conduct of our business. Furthermore, if we are subject to adverse findings in litigation or if we enter into any settlements related thereto, we could be required to pay damages or penalties or have other remedies imposed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
If we fail to adequately evolve our financial and managerial control and reporting systems and processes, our ability to manage and grow our business will be negatively affected.
Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business plan in a rapidly evolving market depends upon an effective planning and management process. We will need to continue to improve our financial and managerial control and our reporting systems and procedures in order to manage our business effectively in the future. If we fail to continue to implement improved systems and processes, our ability to manage our business and results of operations may be negatively affected.
Our success depends upon our ability to effectively plan and manage our resources and restructure our business through rapidly fluctuating economic and market conditions.
Our ability to successfully offer our products and services in a rapidly evolving market requires an effective planning, forecasting, and management process to enable us to effectively scale our business and adjust our business in response to fluctuating market opportunities and conditions. In periods of market expansion, we have increased investment in our business by, for example, increasing headcount and increasing our investment in research and development and other parts of our business. Conversely, during 2001 and 2002, in response to downward trending industry and market conditions, we restructured our business and reduced our workforce. Many of our expenses, such as real estate expenses, cannot be rapidly or easily adjusted as a result of fluctuations in our business or numbers of employees. Moreover, rapid changes in the size of our workforce could adversely affect the ability to develop and deliver products and services as planned or impair our ability to realize our current or future business objectives.
Our reported financial results could suffer if there is an additional impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets with indefinite lives.
We are required to test annually, and review on an interim basis, our goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives, including the goodwill associated with past acquisitions and any future acquisitions, to determine if impairment has occurred. If such assets are deemed impaired, an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the assets would be recognized. This would result in incremental expenses for that quarter which would reduce any earnings or increase any loss for the period in which the impairment was determined to have occurred. For example, such impairment could occur if the market value of our common stock falls below certain levels for a sustained period or if the portions of our business related to companies we have acquired fail to grow at expected rates or decline. In the second quarter of 2006, this impairment evaluation resulted in a reduction of $1,280.0 million to the carrying value of goodwill on our balance sheet for the SLT operating segment, primarily due to the decline in our market capitalization that occurred over a period of approximately nine months prior to the impairment review and, to a lesser extent, a decrease in the forecasted future cash flows used in the income approach. Recently, the turmoil in credit markets and the broader economy has contributed to extreme price and volume fluctuations in global stock markets that have reduced the market price of many technology company stocks, including ours. Further declines in our stock price or the failure of our stock price to recover from
 61 

Table of Contents

previous declines, as well as any marked decline in our level of revenues or gross margins, increase the risk that goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired in future periods. We cannot accurately predict the amount and timing of any impairment of assets.
Our ability to develop, market and sell products could be harmed if we are unable to retain or hire key personnel.
Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain the services of executive, engineering, sales, marketing and support personnel. The supply of highly qualified individuals, in particular engineers in very specialized technical areas, or sales people specializing in the service provider and enterprise markets, is limited and competition for such individuals is intense. None of our officers or key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the inability to attract or retain personnel in the future or delays in hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and sales people, and the complexity and time involved in replacing or training new employees, could delay the development and introduction of new products, and negatively impact our ability to market, sell or support our products.
Our products are highly technical and if they contain undetected errors, our business could be adversely affected and we might have to defend lawsuits or pay damages in connection with any alleged or actual failure of our products and services.
Our products are highly technical and complex, are critical to the operation of many networks and, in the case of our security products, provide and monitor network security and may protect valuable information. Our products have contained and may contain one or more undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by end customers. Any errors, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our products after commercial release could result in loss of revenues or delay in revenue recognition, loss of customers, loss of future business, and increased service and warranty cost, any of which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Also, in the event an error, defect or vulnerability is attributable to a component supplied by a third-party vendor, we may not be able to recover from the vendor all of the costs of remediation that we may incur. In addition, we could face claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management’s attention. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage is inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our financial condition could be harmed.
A breach of network security could harm public perception of our security products, which could cause us to lose revenues.
If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs in the network of a customer of our security products, regardless of whether the breach is attributable to our products, the market perception of the effectiveness of our products could be harmed. This could cause us to lose current and potential end customers or cause us to lose current and potential value-added resellers and distributors. Because the techniques used by computer hackers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques.
If our products do not interoperate with our customers’ networks, installations will be delayed or cancelled and could harm our business.
Our products are designed to interface with our customers’ existing networks, each of which have different specifications and utilize multiple protocol standards and products from other vendors. Many of our customers’ networks contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and evolved. Our products will be required to interoperate with many or all of the products within these networks as well as future products in order to meet our customers’ requirements. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers’ networks, we may have to modify our software or hardware to fix or overcome these errors so that our products will interoperate and scale with the existing software and hardware, which could be costly and negatively impact our operating results. In addition, if our products do not interoperate with those of our customers’ networks, demand for our products could be adversely affected or orders for our
 62 

Table of Contents

products could be cancelled. This could hurt our operating results, damage our reputation and seriously harm our business and prospects.
Governmental regulations affecting the import or export of products could negatively affect our revenues.
The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements and restrictions on the import or export of some technologies, especially encryption technology. In addition, from time to time, governmental agencies have proposed additional regulation of encryption technology, such as requiring the escrow and governmental recovery of private encryption keys. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products, could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenues. In addition, failure to comply with such regulations could result in penalties, costs and restrictions on export privileges,
We are required to expense equity compensation given to our employees, which has reduced our reported earnings, will significantly harm our operating results in future periods and may reduce our stock price and our ability to effectively utilize equity compensation to attract and retain employees.
We historically have used stock options and other equity awards as a significant component of our employee compensation program in order to align employees’ interests with the interests of our stockholders, encourage employee retention, and provide competitive compensation packages. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted changes that require companies to record a charge to earnings for employee stock option grants and other equity incentives. We adopted this standard effective January 1, 2006. By causing us to record significantly increased compensation costs, such accounting changes have reduced, and will continue to reduce, our reported earnings, and will significantly harm our operating results in future periods. This may require us to reduce the availability and amount of equity incentives provided to employees, which may make it more difficult for us to attract, retain and motivate key personnel. Moreover, if securities analysts, institutional investors and other investors adopt financial models that include stock option expense in their primary analysis of our financial results, our stock price could decline as a result of reliance on these models with higher expense calculations. Each of these results could materially and adversely affect our business.
Integration of past acquisitions and future acquisitions could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition and stock price and may dilute the ownership of our stockholders.
We have made, and may continue to make, acquisitions in order to enhance our business. In 2005 we completed the acquisitions of five private companies. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including problems combining the purchased operations, technologies or products, unanticipated costs, diversion of management’s attention from our core businesses, adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers, risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience and potential loss of key employees. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire. The integration of businesses that we have acquired has been, and will continue to be, a complex, time consuming and expensive process. Acquisitions may also require us to issue common stock that dilutes the ownership of our current stockholders, assume liabilities, record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that will be subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges, incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets, and incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses, all of which could harm our operating results and financial condition.
In addition, if we fail in our integration efforts with respect to our acquisitions and are unable to efficiently operate as a combined organization utilizing common information and communication systems, operating procedures, financial controls and human resources practices, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.
 63 

Table of Contents

Due to the global nature of our operations, economic or social conditions or changes in a particular country or region could adversely affect our sales or increase our costs and expenses, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.
We conduct significant sales and customer support operations directly and indirectly through our distributors and value-added resellers in countries throughout the world and also depend on the operations of our contract manufacturers and suppliers that are located inside and outside of the United States. In addition, our research and development and our general and administrative operations are conducted in the United States as well as other countries. Accordingly, our future results could be materially adversely affected by a variety of uncontrollable and changing factors including, among others, political or social unrest, natural disasters, epidemic disease, war, or economic instability in a specific country or region, trade protection measures and other regulatory requirements which may affect our ability to import or export our products from various countries, service provider and government spending patterns affected by political considerations and difficulties in staffing and managing international operations. Any or all of these factors could have a material adverse impact on our revenue, costs, expenses, results of operations and financial condition.
Our products incorporate and rely upon licensed third-party technology and if licenses of third-party technology do not continue to be available to us or become very expensive, our revenues and ability to develop and introduce new products could be adversely affected.
We integrate licensed third-party technology into certain of our products. From time to time, we may be required to license additional technology from third parties to develop new products or product enhancements. Third-party licenses may not be available or continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms. Our inability to maintain or re-license any third-party licenses required in our products or our inability to obtain third-party licenses necessary to develop new products and product enhancements, could require us to obtain substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at a greater cost, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
While we believe that we currently have adequate internal control over financial reporting, we are exposed to risks from legislation requiring companies to evaluate those internal controls.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires our management to report on, and our independent auditors to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have an ongoing program to perform the system and process evaluation and testing necessary to comply with these requirements. We have and will continue to incur significant expenses and devote management resources to Section 404 compliance on an ongoing basis. In the event that our chief executive officer, chief financial officer or independent registered public accounting firm determine in the future that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective as defined under Section 404, investor perceptions may be adversely affected and could cause a decline in the market price of our stock.
Regulation of the telecommunications industry could harm our operating results and future prospects.
The telecommunications industry is highly regulated and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected by changes in the regulations relating to the telecommunications industry. Currently, there are few laws or regulations that apply directly to access to or commerce on IP networks. We could be adversely affected by regulation of IP networks and commerce in any country where we operate. Such regulations could address matters such as voice over the Internet or using Internet Protocol, encryption technology, and access charges for service providers. In addition, regulations have been adopted with respect to environmental matters, such as the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“WEEE”) and Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment (“RoHS”) regulations adopted by the European Union, as well as regulations prohibiting government entities from purchasing security products that do not meet specified local certification criteria. Compliance with such regulations may be costly and time-consuming for us and our suppliers and partners. The adoption and implementation of such regulations could decrease demand for our products, and at the same time could increase the cost of building and selling our products as well as impact our ability to ship products into
 64 

Table of Contents

affected areas and recognize revenue in a timely manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
The investment of our cash balance and our investments in government and corporate debt securities are subject to risks which may cause losses and affect the liquidity of these investments.
At September 30, 2008, we had $1,778.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and $353.2 million in short- and long-term investments. We have invested these amounts primarily in U.S. government securities, corporate notes and bonds, commercial paper, and money market funds meeting certain criteria. Certain of these investments are subject to general credit, liquidity, market and interest rate risks, which may be exacerbated by U.S. sub-prime mortgage defaults that have affected various sectors of the financial markets and caused credit and liquidity issues. These market risks associated with our investment portfolio may have a negative adverse effect on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition.
Uninsured losses could harm our operating results.
We self-insure against many business risks and expenses, such as intellectual property litigation and our medical benefit programs, where we believe we can adequately self-insure against the anticipated exposure and risk or where insurance is either not deemed cost-effective or is not available. We also maintain a program of insurance coverage for various types of property, casualty, and other risks. We place our insurance coverage with various carriers in numerous jurisdictions. The types and amounts of insurance that we obtain vary from time to time and from location to location, depending on availability, cost, and our decisions with respect to risk retention. The policies are subject to deductibles, policy limits and exclusions that result in our retention of a level of risk on a self-insurance basis. Losses not covered by insurance could be substantial and unpredictable and could adversely affect our results of operations.
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the period covered by this report.
(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total Number	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	of Shares	 	Maximum Dollar	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Purchased as	 	Value of Shares	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Part of Publicly	 	that May Yet Be	
 	 	Total Number	 	Average	 	Announced	 	Purchased	
 	 	of Shares	 	Price Paid	 	Plans or	 	Under the Plans or	
Period	 	Purchased(1)	 	per Share	 	Programs	 	Programs(1)	
July 1 - July 31, 2008	 	 	1,315,981	 	 	$	23.15	 	 	 	1,315,981	 	 	$	1,225,067,380	 	
August 1 - August 31, 2008	 	 	845,484	 	 	 	25.88	 	 	 	845,484	 	 	 	1,203,184,833	 	
September 1 - September 30, 2008	 	 	15,792,677	 	 	 	24.60	 	 	 	15,792,677	 	 	 	814,623,284	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	 	17,954,142	 	 	$	24.56	 	 	 	17,954,142	 	 	 	 	 	

			
(1)	 	In July 2006 and February 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a stock repurchase program (the “2006 Stock Repurchase Program”). This program authorized the Company to purchase up to a total of $2.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. In addition, during March 2008, the Board approved a new stock repurchase program (the “2008 Stock Repurchase Program”) which authorized the Company to purchase up to $1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock. This new program is in addition to the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program. During the three months ended September 30, 2008, the Company repurchased and retired 13,203,694 shares and 4,750,448 shares of common stock at an average price of $24.52 per share and $24.66 per share, respectively, under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program and the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program. During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company repurchased and retired 15,359,852 shares and 7,292,084 shares of common stock at an average price of $24.53 per share and $25.42 per share, respectively, under the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program and the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program. All shares of common stock purchased under the 2006 and 2008 Stock Repurchase Programs have been retired. As of September 30, 2008, the 2006 Stock Repurchase Program has no remaining authorized funds. Future share repurchases under	
 65 

Table of Contents

			
 	 	the 2008 Stock Repurchase Program will be subject to a review of the circumstances in place at the time and will be made from time to time in private transactions or open market purchases as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements. This program may be discontinued at any time.	
 66 

Table of Contents
Item 6. Exhibits
 	 	 	
Exhibit	 	 	
Number	 	Description of Document	
 	 	 	
3.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2001)	
 	 	 	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Juniper Networks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2008)	
 	 	 	
10.1	 	Offer Letter by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and John Morris	
 	 	 	
10.2	 	Employment Agreement by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and Kevin Johnson	
 	 	 	
10.3	 	Tolling Agreement by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and Scott Kriens	
 	 	 	
10.4	 	Form of Executive Officer Severance Agreement, as amended on August 26, 2008	
 	 	 	
10.5	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on August 26, 2008	
 	 	 	
10.6	 	Description of Compensatory Arrangements for Edward Minshull adopted on September 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2008)	
 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
32.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
32.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 67 

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant had duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	
November 7, 2008 	By:  	/s/ Robyn M. Denholm  	 	
 	 	Robyn M. Denholm 	 	
 	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer) 	 	
 68 

Table of Contents

Exhibit Index
 	 	 	
Exhibit	 	 	
Number	 	Description of Document	
 	 	 	
3.1	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2001)	
 	 	 	
3.2	 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Juniper Networks, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 9, 2008)	
 	 	 	
10.1	 	Offer Letter by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and John Morris	
 	 	 	
10.2	 	Employment Agreement by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and Kevin Johnson	
 	 	 	
10.3	 	Tolling Agreement by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. and Scott Kriens	
 	 	 	
10.4	 	Form of Executive Officer Severance Agreement, as amended on August 26, 2008	
 	 	 	
10.5	 	Juniper Networks, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on August 26, 2008	
 	 	 	
10.6	 	Description of Compensatory Arrangements for Edward Minshull adopted on September 17, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Item 5.02 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 23, 2008)	
 	 	 	
31.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
31.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934	
 	 	 	
32.1	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	
 	 	 	
32.2	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002	

Exhibit 10.1

PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
June 20, 2008
John Morris
RE: Offer of Employment
Dear John:
We are delighted to extend an offer to you to join Juniper Networks (“JNI” or the “Company”) as Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales & Services, reporting to the CEO, or at such time as a COO is hired, the COO. This offer is contingent upon successful background investigation and approval from the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. This letter will confirm the terms of your employment with the Company as follows:
Base Salary : In consideration of your services, you will be paid an annual base salary at a rate of $500,000 which will be paid semi-monthly in the amount of $20,833.33 less applicable taxes, deductions and remittances, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll processing.
Hiring Bonus : In addition, you will be offered a one-time hiring bonus of $250,000 (less applicable withholding at the supplemental tax rate). This bonus will be paid to you with your first or second paycheck. Should you voluntarily terminate your employment or if or your employment is terminated by JNI with Cause (as defined below) prior to one year of service with JNI, you will be responsible for repayment (pro-rated) of this bonus amount to the company where the amount to be repaid is equal to the portion of the full year of service to JNI that is not completed.
Stock Options: As soon as practicable upon or following the commencement of your employment, and subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, I will recommend to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors that a non-statutory option to purchase 150,000 shares JNI Common Stock be granted to you under the terms of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and related forms (the “Plan”). The option will have a term of seven (7) years from the date of grant (the “Grant Date”). Your right to exercise the option will vest cumulatively over a period of four years so long as you remain an employee of the Company, with 12/48ths of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date and 1/48th vesting each month thereafter. I believe, in good faith, that the Compensation Committee will approve the stock option grant and the performance share grant discussed below.
Performance Shares:   As soon as practicable upon or following the commencement of your employment, and subject to compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws, I will recommend to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors a performance share award with an aggregate target of 100,000 shares of JNI Common Stock be granted to you under the terms of the Plan.  The exact number of shares that you will ultimately receive will be determined based on achievement of certain Company’s performance targets for 2008, 2009, and 2010, as determined by the Compensation Committee. You will only be entitled to shares earned under this award if you remain an employee of the Company through the date of vesting, which will be three (3) years from the date the award is granted.  Additional information about the Plan, company goals, and objectives will be available to you after the start of your employment. 
Bonus:   You will be eligible to participate in Juniper Networks 2008 Executive Incentive Bonus Plan with an annualized bonus target of 100% of base salary, prorated for duration of your service to the Company in 2008.  Additional information about the plan, company goals, and objectives will be available to you after the start of your employment.  The plan and funding schedule is subject to change at any time during the plan year.
Relocation Assistance:  In conjunction with your relocation to the Sunnyvale area, Juniper Networks will reimburse costs for a house-hunting trip lasting no more than 5 days for you and your spouse. The Company will also provide one-way transportation for you and your eligible dependents per the Company’s Travel Policy, including 15 days of car rental and 60 days of temporary

 

housing. Additional Company-paid long-term business housing in Sunnyvale will be provided for up to 12 additional months until your family relocates from Chicago.  You are eligible to receive packing, shipment, insurance and storage for 60 days of eligible household goods, a taxable relocation allowance of US$7,500 and up to 3 days of Settling In Assistance. Home Sale Assistance for your home in the Chicago area will be provided through the Buyer Value Option (BVO) real estate agent commissions and closing costs program and will be coordinated by the Company’s relocation service provider.  To be eligible for the BVO program, the listing agreement for your home must be signed with a Company-approved real estate agent and your home must meet certain criteria as specified in the BVO Home Sale relocation policy addendum.  New Home Purchase assistance in Sunnyvale will be provided in the form of reimbursement of reasonable and customary non-recurring closing costs up to 2% of the new loan amount and a 3-2-1 thirty-six month mortgage interest buy down. All arrangements must be made through the Company’s relocation service provider.  Should you voluntarily terminate your employment prior to completing three full years of service after the completion of your relocation, you will be responsible for pro-rated repayment of relocation expenses where the amount to be repaid is equal to the portion of the three full years of service to JNI that is not completed.  Taxable benefits will be taxed at the federal and state supplemental tax withholding rates.  The following items will be grossed up for federal and state taxes:  Temporary and Long-term housing costs, car rental fees and house hunting expenses.  For more details, a copy of the relocation policy and to initiate the relocation process, please contact Juniper’s relocation consultant at Juniper@primacy.com . 
Severance and Change in Control:   JNI will enter into a severance agreement with you on substantially the following terms: In the event you are terminated involuntarily by JNI without Cause, as defined below, and provided you execute a full release of claims, in a form satisfactory to JNI, promptly following termination, you will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits (i) an amount equal to six months of your base salary and (ii) an amount equal to half of your annual at target bonus for the fiscal year in which your termination occurs.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as (i) willfully engaging in gross misconduct that is demonstrably injurious to JNI; (ii) willful act or acts of dishonesty or malfeasance undertaken by you; (iii) conviction of a felony; or (iv) willful and continued refusal or failure to substantially perform your duties with JNI (other than incapacity due to physical or mental illness); provided that the action or conduct described in clause (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such failure continues after  the JNI CEO, COO or Board of Directors has provided you with a written demand for substantial performance setting forth in detail the specific respects in which it believes you have willfully and not substantially performed your duties thereof and you have been provided a reasonable opportunity (to be not less than 30 days) to cure the same.   In addition, subject to approval of the Compensation Committee, JNI will enter into with you our standard executive Change in Control Agreement that provides for severance benefits under certain circumstances following a change in control. For your reference, a form of the foregoing severance agreement and Change in Control Agreement is attached to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007.
Benefits; Expenses: You will be entitled to receive the employee benefits made available to other employees and officers of the Company to the full extent of your eligibility. We have put a great deal of emphasis on our benefits, and expect that they will continue to evolve as we grow and as the needs of our people and their families change. JNI shall reimburse you for all reasonable business and travel expenses actually incurred or paid by you in the performance of your services on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as from time to time in effect.
Proprietary Information Agreement: Upon commencement of your employment, you will sign the Company’s standard employee confidentiality, invention assignment and non-competition agreement.
Confidentiality: Except as required by applicable laws, neither party shall disclose the contents of this agreement without first obtaining the prior written consent of the other party, provided, however, that you may disclose this agreement to your attorney, financial planner and tax advisor if such persons agree to keep the terms hereof confidential.
Arbitration: Any claim, dispute or controversy arising out of this Agreement, the interpretation, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the alleged breach thereof shall be submitted by the parties to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association, provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not preclude the Company from seeking injunctive relief from any court having jurisdiction with respect to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or appropriation of the Company’s trade secrets or confidential and proprietary information. Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitration in any court having jurisdiction.
For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide to JNI documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided to us within three business days of your date of hire with JNI, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. A complete list of acceptable documents is provided with this offer. Please bring the appropriate documents on your first day of employment to insure legal employment.

 

This offer is contingent upon your obtaining the requisite immigration status and employment authorization. If you are a foreign national requiring work authorization to begin employment, you must contact the Company’s Immigration Department at immigration@juniper.net to initiate the visa process. The Company will submit a petition on your behalf to obtain employment authorization, as well as file visa applications for your immediate dependent family members. The Company will pay the legal fees and costs related to these filings. Due to the number of work visas available each year is limited by the U.S. government, the Company reserves the right to withdraw or suspend this offer if the Company is not able to obtain work authorization for you in a reasonable period of time. Please note that if you currently have employment authorization such as practical, curricular or academic training (F-1 or J-1), you must contact the Company’s Immigration Department before beginning employment.
If you choose to accept this offer, your employment with Juniper Networks will be voluntarily entered into and will be for no specified period. As a result, you will be free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, as you deem appropriate. Juniper Networks will have a similar right and may conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.
You may accept this offer by signing below and faxing a copy to the attention of Elisa Hoppner in our Corporate Human Resources Organization at (408) 745-8927. This offer will be valid until June 23, 2008 after which we will consider this offer closed.
We are delighted to have you join us at Juniper Networks. Welcome aboard!
Very truly yours,

Steven Rice
EVP, Human Resources
Juniper Networks
I accept the terms of this letter and agree to keep the terms of this letter confidential.
 	 	 	
/s/ John Morris	 	6/22/8	

Signature	 	Date Signed	
Start date: Monday, July 7, 2008

EXHIBIT 10.2

PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL
July 22, 2008
Kevin R. Johnson
RE: Offer of Employment
Dear Kevin:
On behalf of the Board of Directors, I am delighted to extend an offer to you to join Juniper Networks (“ Juniper ” or the “ Company ”) as Chief Executive Officer. This letter will confirm the terms of your employment with the Company as follows:
Position: Upon the commencement of your employment, you will serve as Chief Executive Officer, with all of the authority and responsibilities provided by the bylaws of the Company and customarily associated with that position, reporting to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”).
Board of Directors: Upon the commencement of your employment you will be elected to the Company’s Board.
Base Salary : In consideration of your services, you will be paid an annual base salary at a rate of $800,000 which will be paid semi-monthly in the amount of $33,333.33 less applicable taxes, deductions and remittances, in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll processing. The Board, or a committee thereof, shall review your base salary at least annually.
Hiring Bonus : In addition and subject to your commencing employment, you will be entitled to receive hiring bonuses totaling $5,000,000 in three annual increments as follows: $1,500,000 for the first year of service, $1,500,000 for the second year of service, and $2,000,000 for the third year of service. (In each case, less applicable withholding at the supplemental tax rate). The bonus for the first year will be paid to you no later than the time of your second regular paycheck. Each subsequent annual increment will be paid in the first paycheck following the applicable anniversary of your start date. Should you voluntarily terminate your employment or if or your employment is terminated by Juniper with Cause (as defined below), you will not receive any of the future increments and you will be responsible for repayment (prorated) to the Company of the bonus amount for the service year in which the termination occurs, where the amount to be repaid is equal to the portion of the full year of service to Juniper that is not completed (for avoidance of doubt, no amount shall be repayable with respect to full service years completed prior to the year in which the termination occurs).
 1. 

 

Annual Cash Incentive Bonus:   You will be eligible to participate in the Juniper Annual Incentive Bonus Plan with an annualized cash bonus target of 150% of your base salary (the “ Annualized Bonus Target ”), prorated for duration of your service to the Company in 2008.  The Board, or a committee thereof, shall review your Annualized Bonus Target at least annually. Additional information about the plan, company goals, and objectives will be available to you after the start of your employment.  The plan and funding schedule is subject to change at any time during the plan year.
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) Awards: You will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan which includes annual grants of Stock Option and Performance Share Awards as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board. You will be eligible for Performance Share Awards under the LTIP, beginning with the annual grants scheduled to be made under the LTIP in the first quarter of 2009 that relate to performance targets starting with 2009. You are eligible for Stock Option Awards under the LTIP beginning with the annual grants scheduled to be made under the LTIP in the first quarter of 2010. Any LTIP Awards will be additional to the New Hire Stock Option and New Hire Performance Share Awards described below that will be granted to you shortly following your commencement of employment.
New Hire Stock Options: An initial non-statutory option (the “ Initial Option ”) to purchase 1,400,000 shares of Juniper Common Stock will be granted to you under the terms of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and related forms (the “ Plan ”). The Initial Option will have a term of seven (7) years from the date of grant (the “ Grant Date ”). Your right to exercise the Initial Option will vest cumulatively over a period of four years so long as you remain an employee of the Company, with 12/48ths of the shares vesting on the one-year anniversary of the Grant Date and 1/48th vesting each month thereafter. This Initial Option will be granted effective upon on the third Friday of the month occurring after your commencement of employment (for example, if you were to commence employment on September 1, the option would be granted on September 19. If you commenced employment on August 25, the option would be granted on September 19).
In addition, another non-statutory option to purchase 200,000 shares JNI Common Stock will be granted to you under the Plan at the same time as the Initial Option. This option will have a term of seven (7) years from the date of grant. Your right to exercise the option will vest over time so long as you remain an employee of the Company, with 12/48ths of the shares vesting on March 1, 2010 and 1/48th of the shares vesting each month thereafter.
New Hire Performance Shares:   At the same time as the Initial Option is granted, you will be granted under the Plan a performance share award (the “ Hiring Performance Shares ”) with an aggregate target of 335,000 shares of Juniper Common Stock, divided into an initial target for 2008 of 35,000 shares and four annual targets of 75,000 shares for each year from 2009 through 2012.  The exact number of Hiring Performance Shares that you will ultimately receive with respect to each year will be determined based on achievement of certain Company performance targets for 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, and 2012, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Following each fiscal year, the number of shares you will receive with respect to that fiscal year will be calculated and the resulting shares issued to you will be fully vested.
Relocation Assistance:  In conjunction with your relocation to the Sunnyvale area, Juniper will reimburse costs for a house-hunting trip lasting no more than 5 days for you and your spouse. The Company will also provide one-way transportation for you and your eligible dependents per the Company’s Travel Policy, including 15 days of car rental and 60 days of temporary housing.
 2. 

 

Additional Company-paid long-term business housing in Sunnyvale will be provided for up to 12 additional months until your family relocates to Sunnyvale. You are eligible to receive packing, shipment, insurance and storage for 60 days of eligible household goods, a taxable relocation allowance of US$7,500 and up to 3 days of Settling In Assistance (collectively, “Household Relocation Expenses ”). All of the foregoing relocation benefits will be grossed up for federal and state taxes.
Home Sale Assistance for your primary residence will be provided through the Buyer Value Option (“ BVO ”) real estate agent commissions and closing costs program and will be coordinated by the Company’s relocation service provider.  To be eligible for the BVO program, the listing agreement for your home must be signed with a Company-approved real estate agent and your home must meet certain criteria as specified in the BVO Home Sale relocation policy addendum (attached hereto as Exhibit A).  The BVO Home Sale relocation policy addendum states that “Juniper Networks reserves the right to exclude or disqualify any homes from the home sale program when the features of the home or property have adverse impact on the re-salability” and then provides a list of various such features. Juniper understands that your home at the address listed at the top of this letter has a market value in excess of several million dollars. Notwithstanding anything in the BVO Home Sale relocation policy addendum to the contrary, Juniper agrees that the following will not constitute features that Juniper can invoke to exclude or disqualify that home from the home sale program: the price of the home, the cost of insurance premiums for a home of that price, the difficulty of marketing or selling a home of such value, the acreage of the home, or the availability of conventional financing to purchase a home of that price. New Home Purchase assistance in Sunnyvale will be provided in the form of reimbursement of reasonable and customary non-recurring closing costs up to 2% of the new loan amount and a 3-2-1 thirty-six month mortgage interest buy down (“ New Home Purchase Assistance ”). All arrangements must be made through the Company’s relocation service provider.  The amounts covered by that reimbursement are currently tax deductible items. Juniper will gross up for federal and state taxes that portion of those reimbursed expenses for which you experience an out-of-pocket cost, after taking into account the deductibility of those reimbursements, up to a maximum of $500,000. Such gross up will be paid after you provide sufficient and reasonable documentation to enable Juniper to calculate and verify the amount to be paid. Finally, as the BVO home sale assistance is an expense borne by the Company and is not a taxable benefit to you, no gross up relating to that portion of the relocation package is provided or appropriate).
Should your employment be terminated for Cause (as defined in your Severance Agreement) or should you voluntarily terminate your employment (other than for “ Good Reason ” as permitted under your Change in Control Agreement with Juniper) prior to completing three full years of service after the completion of your relocation, you will be responsible for pro-rated repayment of relocation expenses where the amount to be repaid is equal to the portion of the three full years of service to JNI that is not completed.  No repayment is required should your employment be terminated by Juniper without Cause or should you resign from your employment with Juniper for Good Reason under your Change in Control Agreement. You may utilize the Household Relocation Expenses, BVO Program, and New Home Purchase Assistance only once, but you may do so at any time during the first three years of your employment with the Company, at your discretion. Notwithstanding any language in the Juniper Domestic Relocation Policy (or any other policies) to the contrary, all expense reimbursements must be submitted within 12 months of when incurred. The provisions of this relocation section of this offer letter shall supersede and govern over any inconsistent or conflicting provisions (including but not limited to, provisions relating to repayment of relocation expenses) that may be contained in Juniper’s Domestic Relocation Policy or any other applicable policies of Juniper.
 3. 

 

For more details, a copy of the relocation policy and to initiate the relocation process, please contact Juniper’s relocation consultant at Juniper@primacy.com . 
Severance and Change in Control. Contemporaneously with your commencement of employment, the Company will enter into a Severance Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit B) with you, under which you will be eligible to receive certain severance benefits in the absence of a Change in Control. Also contemporaneously with your commencement of employment, the Company will enter into a Change in Control Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit C) with you, to provide certain severance benefits to you in certain circumstances related to a Change in Control (as defined therein). The Plan currently contains language imposing certain minimum vesting periods with respect to Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Restricted Stock Units, and Deferred Stock Units (the “ Minimum Vesting Restrictions ”). In the event that any of the provisions of the Plan would prevent you from receiving a portion (the “ Shortfall Amount ”) of the entire amount of acceleration of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units which would otherwise accelerate under the Change in Control Agreement, then with respect to the Shortfall Amount: (i) 90% of the Shortfall Amount of shares shall accelerate and (ii) Juniper will pay you an amount of cash equal to the closing market price of a share of Juniper’s common stock on the date of your termination of employment multiplied by the number of shares equal to 10% of the Shortfall Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of the 90% of the Shortfall Amount of shares to be accelerated pursuant to the foregoing provision may not be accelerated for any reason due to the Minimum Vesting Restrictions, Juniper will pay you an amount of cash equal to the closing market price of a share of Juniper’s common stock on the date of your termination of employment multiplied by such number of shares that may not be accelerated. Any cash payments made pursuant to the foregoing provisions will be made at the same time as the cash severance amounts payable under the Change in Control Agreement. Juniper will fully indemnify you and make you whole with respect to any and all claims that may be made by any person or entity that any acceleration of vesting of any portion of the Shortfall Amount is in violation of the Plan’s Minimum Vesting Restrictions.
Benefits and Expenses: You will be entitled to receive the employee benefits made available to other employees and officers of the Company to the full extent of your eligibility. We have put a great deal of emphasis on our benefits, and expect that they will continue to evolve as we grow and as the needs of our people and their families change. Juniper shall reimburse you for all reasonable business and travel expenses actually incurred or paid by you in the performance of your services on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as from time to time in effect.
Proprietary Information Agreement: Upon commencement of your employment, you will sign the Company’s standard employee confidentiality, invention assignment and non-competition agreement in the form of Exhibit D.
Confidentiality: Until such time as the Company discloses the contents of this agreement in a filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, neither party shall disclose the contents of this agreement without first obtaining the prior written consent of the other party (except for the above-referenced filing by the Company), provided, however, that you may disclose this agreement to your attorneys, financial planners and tax advisors if you require such persons to keep the terms hereof confidential, or otherwise as required by law.
Arbitration: Any claim, dispute or controversy arising out of this Agreement, the interpretation, validity or enforcement of this Agreement or the alleged breach thereof shall be submitted by
 4. 

 

the parties to final, binding and confidential arbitration by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), in San Francisco, California, conducted before a single arbitrator under the then-applicable AAA rules. By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, you and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute, claim or demand through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding. You will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding. The arbitrator shall: (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. The Company shall pay all AAA arbitration fees, except the amount of such fees equivalent to the filing fee you would have paid if the claim had been litigated in court. Nothing in this offer letter is intended to prevent either you or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration, including but not limited to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or appropriation of the Company’s trade secrets or confidential and proprietary information. Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitration in any court having jurisdiction.
Right to Work Documentation : For purposes of federal immigration law, you will be required to provide the Company with documentary evidence of your identity and eligibility for employment in the United States. Such documentation must be provided within three business days of your date of hire with the Company, or our employment relationship with you may be terminated. A complete list of acceptable documents is provided with this offer. Please bring the appropriate documents on your first day of employment to insure legal employment
At-Will Relationship: If you choose to accept this offer, your employment with Juniper will be voluntarily entered into and will be for no specified period. As a result, you will be free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, as you deem appropriate. Juniper will have a similar right and may conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.
Entire Agreement and Miscellaneous: This agreement, together with all exhibits and agreements incorporated by reference herein, forms your complete and exclusive agreement with the Company concerning the subject matter hereof. The terms in this agreement supersede any other representations or agreements made to you by any party, whether oral or written, and in the event of any conflict between the terms of this agreement and the Severance Agreement or Change in Control Agreement, this letter agreement shall govern. The terms of this agreement cannot be changed (except with respect to those changes expressly reserved to the Company’s discretion in this letter) without a written agreement signed by you and a duly authorized member of the Company’s Board (or an officer of the Company specifically authorized by the Board to sign such an agreement). This agreement is to be governed by the laws of the state of California without reference to conflicts of law principles. In case any provision contained in this agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this agreement, and such provision will be reformed, construed and enforced so as to render it valid and enforceable consistent with the general intent of the parties insofar as possible under applicable law. With respect to the enforcement of this agreement, no waiver of any right hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing. This agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, and signatures transmitted via facsimile shall be deemed equivalent to originals.
 5. 

 

If you wish to accept this offer, please sign below and fax the signature page my attention. This offer will be valid until July 25, 2008 after which we will consider this offer closed. This offer is contingent upon your commencing employment with the Company on or prior to September 8, 2008.
I speak not only for myself but for all of us at Juniper in welcoming you to our company and to our community. It will be a pleasure to work together and under your leadership. Welcome aboard!
Very truly yours,
/s/ Scott Kriens
Scott Kriens
Chairman of the Board
Juniper Networks, Inc.
I accept the terms of this letter and agree to keep the terms of this letter confidential.
 	 	 	
/s/ Kevin R. Johnson	 	July 23, 2008	
 	 	 	
Signature	 	Date Signed	
Start date: Monday, September 8, 2008
 6. 

 

HOME SALE ASSISTANCE
To be eligible for Home Sale Assistance, Juniper Networks employees are required to use the services of a Primacy-approved real estate agent in the sale of their ‘old’ home and purchase of their ‘new’ home. For this reason, employees should not contact a real estate agent in the destination location until they have spoken with their Primacy Relocation Consultant, who will provide them with contact information of at least two approved agents in the new location.
MARKETING AND LISTING THE HOME

 	 	The marketing assistance program has been designed to ensure a marketing strategy is always in place on the home. The Consultant will work in partnership with the real estate agent to monitor the entire listing effort, including a review of homes currently listed in the marketplace and evaluation of recently closed properties. This program also includes pro-active strategy calls, follow-up on buyer and agent feedback, follow-up on advertising and open house events. Recommendations to adjust the pricing, advertising, terms, or conditions will also be a part of this program.	
 		
Ø	 	After two Primacy-approved real estate brokers are chosen by the employee, Primacy will order Broker’s Marketing Analyses (BMA’s) from each of the real estate agents to assist in determining a potential list price and most probable sales price.	
 		
Ø	 	When the Listing Agreement is executed, it must include an “Exclusion Clause” as provided to the real estate agent by the Consultant.	
 		
Ø	 	The Listing Agreement should not include any commission greater than the local norm, administrative fees, or non-customary fees, as these are not covered by Juniper Networks.	
 		
Ø	 	It is recommended that the home be listed within 100 — 105% of the average of the BMA values on the home to ensure the home is priced competitively.	
 		
Ø	 	Employees must not sign any offer contracts or accept any deposit money from any potential buyers as this will jeopardize the home sale program.	
ELIGIBILITY OF HOME
Home sale expenses will be paid by Juniper Networks if the following criteria are met:

Ø	 	The property is the employee’s primary residence.	
 		
Ø	 	The employee is the titled owner prior to acceptance of the relocation offer from Juniper Networks.	
 		
Ø	 	The home has clear and marketable title.	
 		
Ø	 	The home is a single-family dwelling, town home, or condominium that is owner-occupied.	
Juniper Networks reserves the right to exclude or disqualify any homes from the home sale program when the features of the home or property have adverse impact on the re-salability. The following is a non-inclusive list:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Ø	 	Income- producing properties	 	Ø	 	Homes with zoning or easement disputes or building code violations	
Ø	 	Multi-family dwellings	 	Ø	 	Uninsurable or high insurance cost homes	
Ø	 	Co-operatives	 	Ø	 	Homes with pathogenic or toxic mold	
Ø	 	Vacation homes	 	Ø	 	Homes in a legal dispute	
Ø	 	Mobile/Modular/Manufactured homes	 	Ø	 	Geodesic dome homes, earth-berm homes	
Ø	 	Homes with composite board siding	 	Ø	 	Houseboats	
Ø	 	Homes with synthetic stucco/dryvit	 	Ø	 	Registered historic homes	
Ø	 	Homes under construction	 	Ø	 	Homes in questionable condition or with severe marketability issues.	
Ø	 	Homes that cannot obtain conventional financing	 	Ø	 	Homes containing or located on hazardous substances (radon,	
Ø	 	Homes on property with excessive acreage (5
or more acres)	 	 	 	asbestos, lead paint, urea, formaldehyde, etc.	

Juniper: Home Sale Addendum	 		 	Effective 1/1/06	

 

DISCLOSURE

Ø	 	Condition of the property must be fully disclosed to Primacy, including any defect(s) that may affect the property value, habitability or desirability.	
 		
Ø	 	All inspections and reports must be disclosed to Primacy and any potential buyers.	

Ø	 	The employee is held responsible for any repairs or defect corrections and any possible litigation if complete and accurate information is not disclosed.	
INSPECTIONS AND REPAIRS

Ø	 	Primacy will order a general home and termite inspection on the home.	
 		
Ø	 	Additional inspections, as required, may be ordered, such as heating and air conditioning systems, roofs, pools, spas, septic systems, wells, synthetic stucco or composite board siding, mold, hazardous substances, etc.	
 		
Ø	 	Primacy Relocation reserves the right to order additional inspections to determine program eligibility based on feedback from the Property Disclosure Statement prepared by the employee and/or the real estate agent.	
 		
Ø	 	The Consultant will review all inspection reports with you and forward copies to the listing agent for proper disclosure to any potential buyers. All inspection results will be disclosed to buyers.	
 		
Ø	 	Primacy Relocation, as the buyer of the property and at its sole discretion, may require all repairs to be completed prior to purchase.	
 		
Ø	 	In some instances, the amount of the repairs may be withheld from the equity based on a guaranteed repair bid by a licensed contractor.	
 		
Ø	 	Required repairs are the employee’s personal responsibility and will not be paid or reimbursed by Juniper Networks.	
 		
Ø	 	If, in the inspection process, it is discovered that the necessary repairs may impact the marketability of the home, Juniper Networks reserves the right to remove the home from the Buyer Value Option Program at any time. (Benefits under “Ineligible Homes” would apply)	
BUYER VALUE OPTION HOME SALE
Under the Buyer Value Option program, the employee, with assistance from Primacy Relocation, markets the home seeking a bona fide written offer in the market place. Once a buyer’s bona fide offer is received and the terms are agreed upon, Primacy Relocation acting on behalf of the employer, will make an offer to purchase the home from the employee at the “buyer value” established by the outside buyer’s bona fide offer. The employee sells the home to Primacy Relocation and in turn, Primacy Relocation sells it to the buyer. The program as outlined below must be explicitly followed for the home sale expenses to be considered non-taxable.

Ø	 	DO NOT accept any money from the potential buyer or sign any purchase contracts. Doing so will jeopardize the home sale program.	
 		
Ø	 	The Consultant will be part of the negotiation process until an acceptable offer is obtained, all disclosures and necessary documentation is received, and buyer’s qualifications are confirmed. (Please be patient as certain steps and documentations are required as part of this homesale program.	
 		
Ø	 	When a qualified purchaser is found and the terms of the offer are agreeable to both the employee and Primacy, a BVO Home Sale Offer will be extended by Primacy Relocation to match the price and terms of the buyer’s offer in a two-sale transaction.	
 		
Ø	 	The sales price and all conditions of sale are subject to approval by Primacy Relocation.	
 		
Ø	 	The potential buyer’s contract must not have any unusual contingencies, such as the sale of another home or anything that would unduly increase the risk of the sale falling through, and must be contracted to close within 45 days.	

Juniper: Home Sale Addendum	 		 	Effective 1/1/06	

 

Ø	 	The BVO Home Sale Contract will be forwarded to you for signature and notarization by all parties listed on title. This Contract is “subject to” the completion of repairs required as a result of the inspection results as well as clear and marketable title.	

Ø	 	Juniper Networks will not pay for any buyer’s closing costs, repairs, allowances, home warranties, or buyer’s concessions of any sort. If negotiated, these will be deducted from the original sales price to determine a “net” sales price.	
CLOSING THE SALE

Ø	 	Primacy will close the sale with the employee, calculating and funding the equity due the employee based on the “pro-rate date”. The pro-rate date is either the date the Buyer Value Option Home Sale Offer is executed by Primacy or the vacate date from the property, whichever is later.	

Ø	 	Once the sale has closed between the employee and Primacy, and the home is vacated, Primacy Relocation will assume all responsibility for the property.	
VACATING THE HOME

Ø	 	Possession of the home may be retained following the execution of the BVO Home Sale Contract with Primacy through the date of Primacy’s closing with an outside buyer.	

Ø	 	During this period, Primacy requests cooperation in providing access to the home for inspections, appraisals, and other needs.	

Ø	 	All costs associated with the home, including the mortgage payment(s), taxes, insurance, maintenance, utilities, repairs, etc. are the responsibility of the employee until the vacate date.	
EQUITY DISBURSEMENT

Ø	 	Equity will be paid after the home is sold to Primacy or the home has been vacated, whichever is later.	

Ø	 	Negative equity exists when the amount of indebtedness exceeds the sales price of the home. If a negative equity situation exists on the home, the amount must be paid in full, through certified funds, prior to Primacy prior to taking over responsibility of the home or the closing of a sale to the buyer.	
ASSISTANCE FOR INELIGIBLE HOMES
If the home has been determined to be ineligible for the Buyer Value Option Home Sale Program, the employee must sell and close the home on their own, however, the marketing assistance program is still available through Primacy Relocation. This ensures that a marketing strategy is in place on the home. In addition, the employee is still required to list the home with a Primacy approved real estate agent.
Reimbursement includes:

Ø	 	Real estate commission not to exceed the norm for the area and normal and customary seller’s closing costs as determined by Primacy.	
Once the home has closed, submit the HUD-1 settlement statement along with a Relocation Expense Reimbursement form to Primacy
When the home is determined “ineligible” by Juniper Networks for the Buyer Value Option Home Sale Program, tax assistance for the eligible closing costs will be provided.

Juniper: Home Sale Addendum	 		 	Effective 1/1/06	

 

Exhibit B
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
     This Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Kevin Johnson (the “Employee”) and Juniper Networks, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), effective as of September ___, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).
RECITALS
     1. The Compensation Committee believes that it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment. These benefits will provide the Employee with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.
     2. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Term of Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or terminated by the Company prior to January 1, 2013 without the Employee’s written consent. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate this Agreement or the benefits to be provided to Employee hereunder at any time effective from and after January 1, 2013; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall be effective unless at least twelve (12) months prior written notice of such amendment has been provided to the Employee. Following the Employee’s termination of employment, this Agreement will automatically terminate as of the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement, if any, have been satisfied.
     2.  At-Will Employment . The Company and the Employee acknowledge that the Employee’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by applicable law or under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Employee (an “Employment Agreement”). This Agreement does not constitute an agreement to employ Employee for any specific time.
     3.  Severance Benefits .

 

          (a) In the event the Employee is terminated involuntarily by Company without Cause, as defined below, and provided the Employee executes the full release of claims in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Release”) (with such changes as are reasonably required due to changes in California law between the date hereof and the time the Release is executed to effectuate the release of claims thereunder), within the applicable time period set forth therein, but in no event more than forty-five (45) days following termination, and permits such Release to become effective in accordance with its terms, the Employee will be entitled to receive the following severance benefits in a lump sum (less any withholding taxes): (i) an amount equal to twelve (12) months of base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the termination) and (ii) an amount equal to the Employee’s Annualized Target Bonus (as in effect immediately prior to the termination, as such term is defined in the Employee’s employment offer letter agreement dated July 22, 2008 , including any amendments thereto) for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. The severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Employee in cash not later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the effective date of the Release. In addition, if the Employee executes the Release, the Company will pay for continuation of Employee’s medical, dental, vision and life insurance (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Employee’s termination) for a period of six months. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (i) willfully engaging in gross misconduct that is demonstrably injurious to Company; (ii) willful act or acts of dishonesty or malfeasance undertaken by the individual; (iii) conviction of or a plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or (iv) willful and continued refusal or failure to substantially perform duties with Company (other than incapacity due to physical or mental illness); provided that the action or conduct described in clause (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such failure continues after the Company’s Board of Directors has provided the individual with a written demand for substantial performance setting forth in detail the specific respects in which it believes the individual has willfully and not substantially performed the individual’s duties thereof and has been provided a reasonable opportunity (to be not less than 30 days) to cure the same.
          (b) Change of Control Benefits . In the event the Employee receives severance and other benefits pursuant to a change in control agreement that are greater than or equal to the amounts payable hereunder, then the Employee shall not be entitled to receive severance or any other benefits under this Agreement.
          (c) Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any severance benefits shall not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code Section 409A”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur the additional 20% tax under Code Section 409A. The severance benefits are intended to be payable pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations and thereby exempt from application of Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the Employee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A at the time of such separation from service and a delay in making any payment or providing any benefit under this Plan is required to avoid imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, such payments shall not be made until after six (6) months following the date of the Employee’s separation from service as required by Code Section 409A.
 -2- 

 

     4.  Successors .
          (a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. The term “Company” shall also include any direct or indirect that is majority owned by Juniper Networks, Inc.
          (b) The Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
     5.  Notice .
          (a) General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Employee, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.
     6.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Employee may receive from any other source.
          (b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
 -3- 

 

          (d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of Santa Clara County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.
          (f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (g) Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
          (h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.
 	 	 	 	 	
 COMPANY	 	JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	

 	 	Name:	 	 	

 	 	Title:	 	 	

EMPLOYEE	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	Kevin R. Johnson	
 -4- 

 

Exhibit A
GENERAL RELEASE
     This GENERAL RELEASE of claims (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. (the “Company” or “Juniper”) and Kevin R. Johnson (“Johnson”). In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and sufficient consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          A. The Company and Johnson have entered into certain severance agreements and change of control agreements, pursuant to which Johnson will receive certain severance benefits provided Johnson has executed a release of claims.
          B. Johnson for Johnson, and for Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors, agrees as follows:
               1. To forever fully release, remise, acquit and discharge the Company, its predecessors and successors, and its subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, employees and assigns (hereafter collectively referred to as “Releasees”), and covenant not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted or any way participate in (except at the request of the Company) legal or administrative proceedings against Releasees with respect to any matter, including, without limitation, any matter arising out of or connected with Johnson’s employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including any and all liabilities, claims, demands, contracts, debts, obligations and causes of action of every nature, kind and description, in law, equity, or otherwise, whether or not now known or ascertained, which exist on or before the date that this Agreement becomes effective under Section C 10(d). This provision is intended by the parties to be all encompassing and to act as a full and total release of any claim, except for those claims that cannot be released by private agreement, whether specifically enumerated herein or not, that the Johnson might have or has had, that exists or ever has existed on or to the date of this Agreement.
               2. That at all times in the future Johnson will remain bound by the Juniper Employment, Confidential Information, Inventions Assignment and Arbitration Agreement previously executed by Johnson (or any comparable employee inventions assignment and confidentiality agreement entered into with Juniper or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates). Johnson agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Johnson’s relationship with Juniper, Johnson shall not either solicit, induce, recruit, interview, or encourage any of the employees of Juniper or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or parents, to leave their employment, or attempt to solicit, induce, or recruit employees of Juniper or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or parents, either for Johnson or for any other person or entity.
               3. That Johnson is waiving any rights Johnson may have had or now has to pursue any and all remedies available to Johnson under any employment-related cause of action against Releasees, including without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, retaliation, emotional distress, defamation, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code , the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and any other laws and regulations relating to employment or termination of employment. Johnson further acknowledges and expressly agrees that Johnson is waiving any and all rights Johnson may have had or now has to pursue any claim of discrimination, including but not limited to, any claim of discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability, or on any other basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as
 -5- 

 

amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Constitution, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and all other laws and regulations relating to employment.
               4. That Johnson will not, except as may be mandated by statutory or regulatory requirements or as may be required by legal process, disclose to others the fact or terms of this settlement, the amounts referred to in this Agreement, or the fact of the payment of said amounts, except that Johnson may disclose that information to Johnson’s attorneys, accountants or other professional advisors to whom the disclosure is necessary to effectuate the purposes for which Johnson has consulted with such professional advisors. Johnson understands that this covenant of non-disclosure is a material inducement to the Company for the making of this settlement and that, for the breach thereof the Company will be entitled to pursue its legal and equitable remedies, including, without limitation, the right to seek injunctive relief.
          C. The Company and Johnson, for himself and Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors, jointly agree as follows:
               1. That nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute or be treated as an admission by Releasees or Johnson of liability, of any wrongdoing, or of any violation of law.
               2. That if any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable, it shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions and the court shall enforce all remaining provisions to the extent permitted by law.
               3. The parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, and that this Agreement may be modified only in a written document executed by Johnson and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
               4. That this Agreement extends to all claims of every nature and kind, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, past or present, arising from or attributable to Johnson’s employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, and that the Company and Johnson hereby expressly waive any and all rights granted to them under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code (or any analogous state law or federal law or regulation), which reads as follows:
A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him or her, must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.
               5. That this Agreement shall bind and benefit Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, and each of them; it shall also bind and benefit the Company and its successors and assigns.
               6. That this Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into in the State of California and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of that state.
               7. That should there hereafter be any litigation between or among any of the parties to this Agreement alleging a breach of this Agreement or seeking enforcement of this Agreement, the prevailing party in such litigation shall be entitled to recover its or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of such litigation from the other party.
 -6- 

 

               8. That each party hereby agrees to accept and assume the risk that any fact with respect to any matter covered by this Agreement may hereafter be found to be other than or different from the facts it believes at the time of this Agreement to be true, and agrees that this Agreement shall be and will remain effective notwithstanding any such difference in fact.
               9. That this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Execution of a facsimile copy shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a facsimile signature shall be deemed an original and valid signature.
               10. Johnson hereby acknowledges and understands and Johnson agrees that:
                    a) Johnson may have at least twenty-one (21) days after receipt of this Agreement within which Johnson may review and consider it, discuss it with an attorney of Johnson’s own choosing, and decide to execute or not execute this Agreement;
                    b) Johnson has seven (7) days after the execution of this Agreement within which Johnson may revoke this Agreement;
                    c) In order to revoke this Agreement, Johnson must deliver to the Company’s General Counsel, Mitch Gaynor, on or before seven (7) days after the execution of this Agreement, a letter stating that Johnson is revoking this Agreement; and
                    d) This Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until after the expiration of seven (7) days following the date Johnson executes this Agreement.
               11. That they have read and understand this Agreement, and that they affix their signatures hereto voluntarily and without coercion. Johnson further acknowledges that Johnson has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement, that Johnson was advised by the Company to consult with an attorney of Johnson’s own choosing concerning the waivers contained in and the terms of this Agreement, and that the waivers Johnson has made and the terms Johnson has agreed to herein are knowing, conscious and with full appreciation that Johnson is forever foreclosed from pursuing any of the rights so waived.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	Kevin R. Johnson	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Juniper Networks, Inc.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	

 	 	 	 	Title: Sr. Vice President and General Counsel	
 -7- 

 

Exhibit C
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
     This Change of Control Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between Kevin R. Johnson (the “Employee”) and Juniper Networks, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), effective as of September ___, 2008 (the “Effective Date”).
RECITALS
     1. It is expected that the Company from time to time will consider the possibility of an acquisition by another company or other change of control. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) recognizes that such consideration can be a distraction to the Employee and can cause the Employee to consider alternative employment opportunities. The Board has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of the Employee, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein) of the Company.
     2. The Board believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide the Employee with an incentive to continue his or her employment and to motivate the Employee to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.
     3. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment following a Change of Control. These benefits will provide the Employee with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.
     4. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Term of Agreement . This Agreement may not be amended or terminated by the Company prior to January 1, 2013 without the Employee’s written consent. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate this Agreement or the benefits to be provided to Employee hereunder at any time effective from and after January 1, 2013; provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall be effective unless at least twelve (12) months prior written notice of such amendment has been provided to the Employee. Following the Employee’s termination of

 

employment, this Agreement will automatically terminate as of the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement, if any, have been satisfied.
     2.  At-Will Employment . The Company and the Employee acknowledge that the Employee’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Employee (an “Employment Agreement”). If the Employee’s employment terminates for any reason, including (without limitation) any termination prior to a Change of Control, the Employee shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement or under his or her Employment Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans.
     3.  Severance Benefits .
          (a) Involuntary Termination Other than for Cause or Voluntary Termination for Good Reason Following a Change of Control Period . If the Employee signs, delivers and does not revoke a release of claims with the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Release”) (with such changes as are reasonably required due to changes in California law between the date hereof and the time the Release is executed to effectuate the release of claims thereunder) within the applicable time period set forth therein, but in no event later than forty-five (45) days following termination, and either (i) between the date that is twelve (12) months following a Change of Control and the date that is eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control, the Employee terminates his or her employment with the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) for “Good Reason” (as defined herein), provided however, that the grounds for Good Reason may arise at anytime within the eighteen (18) months following the Change of Control; or (ii) within eighteen (18) months following a Change of Control, the Company (or any parent or subsidiary of the Company) terminates the Employee’s employment for other than “Cause” (as defined herein), then the Employee shall receive the following severance from the Company:
               (i)  Severance Payment . The Employee shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to 100% of the Employee’s annual base salary (as in effect immediately prior to (A) the Change of Control, or (B) the Employee’s termination, whichever is greater) plus 100% of an amount equal to the Employee’s Annualized Bonus Target (as such term is defined in the Employee’s employment offer letter agreement dated July 22, 2008, including any amendments thereto) for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control or the Employee’s termination occurs, whichever is greater.
               (ii)  Equity Compensation Acceleration . One hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested Employee’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and other Company equity compensation awards (the “Equity Compensation Awards”) that vest based on time (such as an option that vests 25% on the first anniversary of grant and 1/48 th monthly thereafter) shall immediately vest and became exercisable (and any rights of repurchase by the Company or restriction on sale shall lapse). With respect to Equity Compensation Awards that vest wholly or in part based on factors other than time, such as performance (whether individual or based on external measures such as Company performance, market share, stock price, etc.), (i) any
 -2- 

 

portion for which the measurement or performance period or performance measures have been completed and the resulting quantities have been determined or calculated, shall immediately vest and become exercisable (and any rights of repurchase by the Company or restriction on sale shall lapse) and (ii) the remaining portions shall immediately vest and become exercisable (and any rights of repurchase by the Company or restriction on sale shall lapse) in an amount equal to the number that would be calculated if the performance measures were achieved at the target level (for example, if the employee were granted 300 three year performance shares, where (a) the amount that can be earned is determined each year based on performance against annual performance targets but the entire amount vests at the end of the three years and (b) at target performance levels the employee could earn 1/3 of the amount each year and (c) the first year had been completed and the performance resulted in a calculation that 85 shares were earned and (d) the employee is terminated prior to the completion of year 2, then the amount that would vest and become immediately exercisable would be 285 shares — representing the 85 shares calculated for year 1 and the target amount of 100 shares for each of year 2 and year 3); provided however, that if there is no “target” number, then the number that vest shall be 100% of the amounts that could vest with respect to that measurement period. Any Company stock options and stock appreciation rights shall thereafter remain exercisable following the Employee’s employment termination for the period prescribed in the respective option and stock appreciation right agreements
               (iii)  Continued Employee Benefits . To the extent permitted to be continued under COBRA coverage, Company-paid health, dental and vision insurance coverage at the same level of coverage as was provided to such Employee immediately prior to the Change of Control and at the same ratio of Company premium payment to Employee premium payment as was in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Company-Paid Coverage”). If such coverage included the Employee’s dependents immediately prior to the Change of Control, such dependents shall also be covered at Company expense. Company-Paid Coverage shall continue until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months from the date of termination, or (ii) the date upon which the Employee and his dependents become covered under another employer’s group health, dental and vision insurance plans that provide Employee and his dependents with comparable benefits and levels of coverage. For purposes of Title X of the Consolidated Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), the date of the “qualifying event” for Employee and his or her dependents shall be the date upon which the Company-Paid Coverage terminates.
          (b) Timing of Severance Payments . Subject to the provisions of Section 3(e), one half of the severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Employee in cash not later than 30 calendar days after the effective date of the Release. The other half of the severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Employee in cash within the 91-180 day period following the effective date of the Release. If the Employee should die before all amounts have been paid, such unpaid amounts shall be paid in a lump-sum payment (less any withholding taxes) to the Employee’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the personal representative of the Employee’s estate within the time periods specified above.
          (c)  Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by the Employee other than for Good Reason, or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then the Employee shall not be entitled to receive severance or other
 -3- 

 

benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.
          (d) Termination Outside of Change of Control Period . In the event the Employee’s employment is terminated for any reason or if the Employee terminates for Good Reason, either prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control or after the eighteen (18) month period following a Change of Control, then the Employee shall be entitled to receive severance and any other benefits only as may then be established under the Company’s existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.
          (e) Internal Revenue Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any severance benefits shall not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code Section 409A”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur the additional 20% tax under Code Section 409A. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3(b) above, if the Employee is a “specified employee” under Code Section 409A at the time of such separation from service and a delay in making any payment or providing any benefit under this Agreement is required to avoid imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, such payments or benefits shall not be made until after six (6) months following the date of the Employee’s separation from service as required by Code Section 409A and then shall be paid in arrears in full.
     4.  Conditional Nature of Severance Payments and Benefits .
          (a) Noncompete . Employee acknowledges that the nature of the Company’s business is such that if Employee were to become employed by, or substantially involved in, the business of a competitor of the Company during the twelve (12) months following the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company, it would be very difficult for Employee not to rely on or use the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information. Thus, to avoid the inevitable disclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential information, Employee agrees and acknowledges that Employee’s right to receive the severance benefits set forth in Section 3(a) (to the extent Employee is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Employee not directly or indirectly engaging in (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, proprietor, principal, partner, stockholder, corporate officer, director or otherwise), nor having any ownership interested in or participating in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business in Competition (as defined herein) with Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee may, without violating this Section 4, own, as a passive investment, shares of capital stock of a corporation or other entity that engages in Competition where the number of shares of such corporation’s capital stock that are owned by Employee represent less than three percent of the total number of shares of such entity’s capital stock outstanding.
          (b) Non-Solicitation . Until the date twelve (12) months after the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason, Employee agrees and acknowledges that Employee’s right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 3(a) (to the extent Employee
 -4- 

 

is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Employee neither directly nor indirectly soliciting, inducing, recruiting or encouraging an employee to leave his or her employment either for Employee or for any other entity or person with which or whom Employee has a business relationship.
          (c) Understanding of Covenants . Employee represents that he (i) is familiar with the foregoing covenants not to compete and not to solicit, and (ii) is fully aware of his obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, the reasonableness of the length of time, scope and geographic coverage of these covenants.
          (d) Remedy for Breach . Upon any breach of this section by Employee, all severance payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement shall immediately cease and any stock options or stock appreciation rights then held by Employee shall immediately terminate and be without further force and effect, and Employee shall return all of the consideration paid by the Company under this Section 3 and remit any shares of Restricted Stock or shares purchased under stock options to the extent vesting accelerated under Section 3 above (or the profits from the sale of such shares if they are or have been sold).
     5.  Golden Parachute Excise Tax Treatment .
          (a) Subject to the limitations set forth below in this Section 5(a) and in Section 5(b), if any payment, distribution or benefit Employee would receive from the Company or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payment required under this Section 5, pursuant to a Change of Control (each a “Payment” and collectively the “Payments”), would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and (ii) be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties payable with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then Employee shall be entitled to receive from the Company (or have the Company pay on Employee’s behalf) an additional payment (the “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount that shall fund Employee’s payment of any Excise Tax on the Payments as well as all income and employment taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment, any Excise Tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to income and employment taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum Gross-Up Payment required to be paid by the Company pursuant to this provision shall not exceed $5,000,000. Any additional Excise Tax shall be the Employee’s sole responsibility, and the Company shall not make any additional Gross-Up Payment with respect to such amounts.
          (b) The Company shall make no Gross-Up Payment if the total Payments do not exceed $1,000,000 above the Safe Harbor Amount, in which case, the Payments shall be either be:
               (i) delivered in full, or
               (ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,
 -5- 

 

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Employee, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. For purposes of this provision, Safe Harbor Amount means 2.99 times Employee’s “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, so that no amount of the Payments is subject to the Excise Tax.
          (c) Any reduction of the Payments due and made hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by first reducing the severance benefits provided under Section 3(a)(i), 3(a)(ii) and 3(a)(iii) of this Agreement, in that order. In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Employee’s stock awards unless Employee elects in writing a different order for cancellation.
          (d) Unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, the determination of Employee’s excise tax liability and the amount required to be paid under this Section 5 shall be made in writing by a nationally recognized “Big Four” accounting firm (the “Accountants”). For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 5, the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. For the purposes of this provision, Employee’s applicable Federal, state and local taxes shall be computed at the maximum marginal rates. The Company and the Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 5. Any Gross Up Payment payable hereunder shall be paid, subject to Section 3(e) hereof, within 30 days following the receipt by the Company of the Accountant’s determination, but in no event later than the end of the taxable year following the taxable year in which Employee remitted the applicable taxes.
     6.  Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
          (a) Cause . “Cause” shall mean (i) an act of personal dishonesty taken by the Employee in connection with his responsibilities as an employee and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Employee, (ii) Employee being convicted of, or pleading nolo contendere to a felony, (iii) a willful act by the Employee which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company, (iv) following delivery to the Employee of a written demand for performance from the Company which describes the basis for the Company’s reasonable belief that the Employee has not substantially performed his duties, continued violations by the Employee of the Employee’s obligations to the Company which are demonstrably willful and deliberate on the Employee’s part.
          (b) Change of Control . “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
 -6- 

 

               (i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or
               (ii) Any action or event occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” shall mean directors who either (A) are directors of the Company as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but shall not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or
               (iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
               (iv) The consummation of the sale, lease or other disposition by the Company of all or substantially all the Company’s assets.
          (c) Competition . Means the development, marketing or sale of networking equipment or network security software or products in the United. For the avoidance of doubt, Competition includes, but is not limited to, Cisco Systems, Huawei, Alcatel, Checkpoint, and Foundry.
          (d) Disability . “Disability” shall mean that the Employee has been unable to perform his or her Company duties as the result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Employee or the Employee’s legal representative (such Agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Employee’s employment. In the event that the Employee resumes the performance of substantially all of his or her duties hereunder before the termination of his or her employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate shall automatically be deemed to have been revoked.
          (e) Good Reason . “Good Reason” means without the Employee’s express written consent (i) any material reduction of the Employee’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities or a material change in Employee’s reporting relationship, relative to the Employee’s duties, title, authority or responsibilities and reporting relationship as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (ii) a substantial reduction of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to the Employee immediately prior to such reduction; (iii) a reduction by the
 -7- 

 

Company in the base compensation or total target cash compensation of the Employee as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; (iv) a material reduction by the Company in the kind or level of benefits to which the Employee was entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that such Employee’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced; (v) the relocation of the Employee to a facility or a location more than forty (40) miles from such Employee‘s then present location.
     7.  Successors .
          (a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
          (b) The Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
     8.  Notice .
          (a) General . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Employee, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.
          (b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Employee for Good Reason or Disability or as a result of a voluntary resignation shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Employee to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or
 -8- 

 

Disability shall not waive any right of the Employee hereunder or preclude the Employee from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his or her rights hereunder.
     9.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Employee may receive from any other source.
          (b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
          (d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of Santa Clara County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.
          (f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
          (g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
          (h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.
 	 	 	 	 	
COMPANY	 	JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 -9- 

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	 	 	

 	 	Title:	 	 	

EMPLOYEE	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	Kevin R. Johnson	
 -10- 

 

Exhibit A

GENERAL RELEASE
     This GENERAL RELEASE of claims (“Agreement”) is entered into by and between Juniper Networks, Inc. (the “Company” or “Juniper”) and Kevin R. Johnson (“Johnson”). In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, and for other good and sufficient consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
          The Company and Johnson have entered into certain severance agreements and change of control agreements, pursuant to which Johnson will receive certain severance benefits provided Johnson has executed a release of claims.
          Johnson for Johnson, and for Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors, agrees as follows:
               To forever fully release, remise, acquit and discharge the Company, its predecessors and successors, and its subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, attorneys, employees and assigns (hereafter collectively referred to as “Releasees”), and covenant not to sue or otherwise institute or cause to be instituted or any way participate in (except at the request of the Company) legal or administrative proceedings against Releasees with respect to any matter, including, without limitation, any matter arising out of or connected with Johnson’s employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, including any and all liabilities, claims, demands, contracts, debts, obligations and causes of action of every nature, kind and description, in law, equity, or otherwise, whether or not now known or ascertained, which exist on or before the date that this Agreement becomes effective under Section C 10(d). This provision is intended by the parties to be all encompassing and to act as a full and total release of any claim, except for those claims that cannot be released by private agreement, whether specifically enumerated herein or not, that the Johnson might have or has had, that exists or ever has existed on or to the date of this Agreement.
               That at all times in the future Johnson will remain bound by the Juniper Employment, Confidential Information, Inventions Assignment and Arbitration Agreement previously executed by Johnson (or any comparable employee inventions assignment and confidentiality agreement entered into with Juniper or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates). Johnson agrees that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of Johnson’s relationship with Juniper, Johnson shall not either solicit, induce, recruit, interview, or encourage any of the employees of Juniper or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or parents, to leave their employment, or attempt to solicit, induce, or recruit employees of Juniper or any of its subsidiaries, affiliates or parents, either for Johnson or for any other person or entity.
               That Johnson is waiving any rights Johnson may have had or now has to pursue any and all remedies available to Johnson under any employment-related cause of action against Releasees, including without limitation, claims of wrongful discharge, retaliation, emotional distress, defamation, fraud, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, violation of the provisions of the California Labor Code , the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and any other laws and regulations relating to employment or termination of employment. Johnson further acknowledges and expressly agrees that Johnson is waiving any and all rights Johnson may have had or now has to pursue any claim of
 -11- 

 

discrimination, including but not limited to, any claim of discrimination or harassment based on sex, age, race, national origin, disability, or on any other basis, under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Constitution, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, and all other laws and regulations relating to employment.
               That Johnson will not, except as may be mandated by statutory or regulatory requirements or as may be required by legal process, disclose to others the fact or terms of this settlement, the amounts referred to in this Agreement, or the fact of the payment of said amounts, except that Johnson may disclose that information to Johnson’s attorneys, accountants or other professional advisors to whom the disclosure is necessary to effectuate the purposes for which Johnson has consulted with such professional advisors. Johnson understands that this covenant of non-disclosure is a material inducement to the Company for the making of this settlement and that, for the breach thereof the Company will be entitled to pursue its legal and equitable remedies, including, without limitation, the right to seek injunctive relief.
          The Company and Johnson, for himself and Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, and successors, jointly agree as follows:
               That nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute or be treated as an admission by Releasees or Johnson of liability, of any wrongdoing, or of any violation of law.
               That if any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable, it shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions and the court shall enforce all remaining provisions to the extent permitted by law.
               The parties agree that this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, and that this Agreement may be modified only in a written document executed by Johnson and a duly authorized officer of the Company.
               That this Agreement extends to all claims of every nature and kind, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, past or present, arising from or attributable to Johnson’s employment with the Company or the termination of that employment, and that the Company and Johnson hereby expressly waive any and all rights granted to them under Section 1542 of the California Civil Code (or any analogous state law or federal law or regulation), which reads as follows:
A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by him or her, must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.
               That this Agreement shall bind and benefit Johnson’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, and each of them; it shall also bind and benefit the Company and its successors and assigns.
               That this Agreement shall be deemed to have been entered into in the State of California and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of that state.
               That should there hereafter be any litigation between or among any of the parties to this Agreement alleging a breach of this Agreement or seeking enforcement of this Agreement, the prevailing
 -12- 

 

party in such litigation shall be entitled to recover its or its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of such litigation from the other party.
          That each party hereby agrees to accept and assume the risk that any fact with respect to any matter covered by this Agreement may hereafter be found to be other than or different from the facts it believes at the time of this Agreement to be true, and agrees that this Agreement shall be and will remain effective notwithstanding any such difference in fact.
          That this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one agreement. Execution of a facsimile copy shall have the same force and effect as execution of an original, and a facsimile signature shall be deemed an original and valid signature.
          Johnson hereby acknowledges and understands and Johnson agrees that:
               Johnson may have at least twenty-one (21) days after receipt of this Agreement within which Johnson may review and consider it, discuss it with an attorney of Johnson’s own choosing, and decide to execute or not execute this Agreement;
               Johnson has seven (7) days after the execution of this Agreement within which Johnson may revoke this Agreement;
               In order to revoke this Agreement, Johnson must deliver to the Company’s General Counsel, Mitch Gaynor, on or before seven (7) days after the execution of this Agreement, a letter stating that Johnson is revoking this Agreement; and
               This Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until after the expiration of seven (7) days following the date Johnson executes this Agreement.
          That they have read and understand this Agreement, and that they affix their signatures hereto voluntarily and without coercion. Johnson further acknowledges that Johnson has at least twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement, that Johnson was advised by the Company to consult with an attorney of Johnson’s own choosing concerning the waivers contained in and the terms of this Agreement, and that the waivers Johnson has made and the terms Johnson has agreed to herein are knowing, conscious and with full appreciation that Johnson is forever foreclosed from pursuing any of the rights so waived.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 	 	 	 	Kevin R. Johnson	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Juniper Networks, Inc.	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dated:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	

 	 	 	 	Title: Sr. Vice President and General Counsel	
 -13- 

 

Exhibit D
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,
INVENTION ASSIGNMENT, AND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT
     As a condition of my employment with Juniper Networks, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together the “Company”), and in consideration of my employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree with the Company to the following:
     I . At-Will Employment. I UNDERSTAND AND ACKNOWLEDGE THAT MY EMPLOYMENT WITH THE COMPANY IS FOR AN UNSPECIFIED DURATION AND CONSTITUTES “AT-WILL” EMPLOYMENT. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNAUTHORIZED AND NOT VALID UNLESS OBTAINED IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY AN OFFICER OF THE COMPANY. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS EMPLOYMENT RELATIONSHIP MAY BE TERMINATED AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT GOOD CAUSE OR FOR ANY OR NO CAUSE, AT THE OPTION EITHER OF THE COMPANY OR MYSELF, WITH OR WITHOUT NOTICE.
     2.  Confidential Information.
          (a) Company Information. I agree at all times during the term of my employment and thereafter, to hold in strictest confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of the Company, any Confidential Information of the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means any Company proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom I called during the term of my employment), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing or finances disclosed to me by the Company either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation of parts or equipment. I further understand that Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items which has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved or such items that are known previous to my employment and are set forth in Exhibit A.
          (b) Former Employer Information. I agree that I will not, during my employment with the Company, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or

 

trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity.
           Third Party Information. I recognize that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.
     3.  Inventions.
          (a) Inventions Retained and Licensed. I have attached hereto, as Exhibit A , a list describing all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets which were made by me prior to my employment with the Company (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”), which belong to me, which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products or research and development, and which are not assigned to the Company hereunder, or, if no such list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Inventions. If in the course of any employment with the Company, I incorporate into a Company product, process or machine a Prior Invention owned by me or in which I have, an ownership interest, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process or machine, which shall be in written form and agreed to by both parties.
          (b) Assignment of Inventions. I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and hereby assign to the Company, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, ideas, trademarks or trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of time I am in the employ of the Company (collectively referred to as “Inventions”), except as provided in Section 3(f) below. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any invention developed by me solely or jointly with others is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such invention.

 

          (c) Inventions Assigned to the United States. I agree to assign to the United States Government all my right, title, and interest in and to any and all Inventions whenever such full title is required to be in the United States by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies.
          (d) Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, and any other format that may be specified by the Company. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.
          (e) Patent and Copyright Registrations. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem necessary in order to apply for and obtain such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions, and any copyrights, patents, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Inventions or original works of authorship assigned to the Company as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the prosecution and issuance of letters patent or copyright registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.
          (f) Exception to Assignments. I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment of Inventions to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Exhibit B) . I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870 and not otherwise disclosed on Exhibit A .
     4.  Conflicting Employment. I agree that, during the term of my employment with the Company, I will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which the Company is now involved or becomes involved during the term of my employment, nor will I engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to the Company. Any non-conflicting activities are to be approved in writing by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

5. Returning Company Documents. I agree that, at the time of leaving the employ of the Company, I will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company or otherwise belonging to the Company, its successors or assigns. In the event of the termination of my employment, I agree to sign and deliver the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C .
     6.  Notification of New Employer. In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my rights and obligations under this Agreement.
     7.  Solicitation of Employees. I agree that for a period of twelve (12) months immediately following the termination of my relationship with the Company for any reason, whether with or without cause, I shall not either solicit, induce, recruit (including, but not limited to, participating in interviews) or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment, or attempt to solicit, induce, or recruit employees of the Company, either for myself or for any other person or entity.
     8.  Conflict of Interest Guidelines. I agree to diligently adhere to the Conflict of Interest Guidelines attached as Exhibit D hereto.
     9.  Representations. I agree to verify any proper document required to carry out the terms of this Agreement. I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any oral or written agreement in conflict herewith.
     10.  Arbitration and Equitable Relief.
(a) Arbitration. Any claim, dispute or controversy arising out of this Agreement, or its interpretation, validity or enforcement, or any other claim arising from my employment relationship with the Company, shall be submitted by the parties to final, binding and confidential arbitration by the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”), in San Francisco, California, conducted before a single arbitrator under the then-applicable AAA rules.  By agreeing to this arbitration procedure, I and the Company waive the right to resolve any such dispute, claim or demand through a trial by jury or judge or by administrative proceeding.   I will have the right to be represented by legal counsel at any arbitration proceeding.  The arbitrator shall:  (a) have the authority to compel adequate discovery for the resolution of the dispute and to award such relief as would otherwise be available under applicable law in a court proceeding; and (b) issue a written statement signed by the arbitrator regarding the disposition of each claim and the relief, if any, awarded as to each claim, the reasons for the award, and the arbitrator’s essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based.  The Company shall pay all AAA arbitration fees, except the amount of such

 

fees equivalent to the filing fee I would have paid if the claim had been litigated in court.  Nothing in this offer letter is intended to prevent either me or the Company from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration, including but not limited to any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the misuse or appropriation of the Company’s trade secrets or confidential and proprietary information.  Judgment may be entered on the award of the arbitration in any court having jurisdiction.
          (b) Equitable Remedies. I AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE IMPOSS1BLE OR INADEQUATE TO MEASURE AND CALCULATE THE COMPANYS DAMAGES FROM ANY BREACH OF THE COVENANTS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 2,3, AND 5 HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, I AGREE THAT IF I BREACH ANY OF SUCH SECTIONS, BOTH PARTIES WILL HAVE AVAILABLE, IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER RIGHT OR REMEDY AVAILABLE, THE RIGHT TO OBTAIN AN INJUNCTION FROM A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION RESTRAINING SUCH BREACH OR THREATENED BREACH AND TO SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY SUCH PROVISION OF TIES AGREEMENT. BOTH PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT NO BOND OR OTHER SECURITY SHALL BE REQUIRED IN OBTAINING SUCH EQUITABLE RELIEF.
          (c) Consideration. I UNDERSTAND THAT EACH PARTY’S PROMISE TO RESOLVE CLAIMS BY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, RATHER THAN THROUGH THE COURTS, IS CONSIDERATION FOR OTHER PARTY’S LIKE PROMISE. I FURTHER UNDERSTAND THAT I AM OFFERED EMPLOYMENT IN CONSIDERATION OF MY PROMISE TO ARBITRATE CLAIMS.
     11.  General Provisions.
          (a) Governing Law, Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in California for any lawsuit filed there against me by the Company arising from or relating to this Agreement, subject to the foregoing arbitration provision.
          (b) Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

          (c) Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.
          (d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Date:	 	 	 	Signature	 	 	

 	 	 	 	Name of Employee	 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	(typed or printed)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Juniper Networks, Inc.	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	 	 	

 

Exhibit A
LIST OF PRIOR INVENTIONS
AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP
 	 	 	 	 	
Title	Date	 	 	Identifying Number or Brief Description	

 

Exhibit B
CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870
INVENTION ON OWN TIME — EXEMPTION FROM AGREEMENT
     “(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:
          (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employees business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or
          (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.
     (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.”

 

Exhibit C
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC .
TERMINATION CERTIFICATION
     This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to Juniper Networks, Inc., its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, the “Company”).
     I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the Company’s Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein), conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others)’Covered by that agreement.
     I further agree that, in compliance with the Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company or any of its employees, clients, consultants or licensees.
     I further agree that for twelve (12) months from this date, I will not solicit, induce, recruit or encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave their employment.
Date:                                                               
 	 	 	 	 	
(Employee’s Signature)	 	 	 	 	

(Type/Print Employee’s Name)	 	 	 	 	

 

Exhibit D
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC .
CONFLICT OF INTEREST GUIDELINES
     It is the policy of Juniper Networks, Inc. to conduct its affairs in strict compliance with the letter and spirit of the law and to adhere to the highest principles of business ethics. Accordingly, all officers, employees and independent contractors must avoid activities which are in conflict, or give the appearance of being in conflict, with these principles and with the interests of the Company. In addition to actions that may be prohibited or require approval under other Company policies, the following are potentially compromising situations which must be avoided. Any exceptions must be reported to the General Counsel and written approval for continuation must be obtained.
      1.  Revealing confidential information to outsiders or misusing confidential information. Unauthorized divulging of information is a violation of this policy whether or not for personal gain and whether or not harm to the Company is intended. (The Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment and Arbitration Agreement elaborates on this principle and is a binding agreement.)
      2.  Accepting or offering substantial gifts, excessive entertainment, favors or payments which may be deemed to constitute undue influence or otherwise be improper or embarrassing to the Company.
      3.  Initiating or approving personnel actions affecting reward or punishment of employees or applicants where there is a family relationship or is a personal or social involvement.
      4.  Initiating or approving any form of personal or sexual harassment of employees.
      5.  Investing or holding outside directorship in suppliers, customers, or competing companies, including financial speculations, where such investment or directorship would influence in any manner a decision or course of action of the Company. Employee agrees to abstain from any decision or course of action which would affect any such interest.
      6.  Borrowing from or lending to employees, customers or suppliers.
      7 . Knowingly acquiring real estate of interest to the Company.

 

      8.  Improperly using or disclosing to the Company any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity with whom obligations of confidentiality exist.
      9.  Unlawfully discussing prices, costs, customers, sales or markets with competing companies or their employees.
      10.  Making any unlawful agreement with distributors with respect to prices.
      11.  Improperly using or authorizing the use of any inventions which are the subject of patent claims of any other person or entity.
     Each officer, employee and independent contractor must take every necessary action to ensure compliance with these guidelines and to bring problem areas to the attention of higher management for review. Violations of this conflict of interest policy may result in discharge without warning.

EXHIBIT 10.3
TOLLING AGREEMENT
     This Tolling Agreement is entered into between Juniper Networks, Inc. (“Juniper” or “the Company”), by and through the Special Litigation Committee of its Board of Directors (the “SLC”), and Scott Kriens (“Kriens”). Juniper and Kriens are collectively referred to as “the Parties.”
     WHEREAS, certain claims have been asserted against Kriens derivatively on behalf of Juniper in the following actions: In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Derivative Actions , United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 06-03396 JW; and In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Derivative Litigation , Santa Clara County Superior Court, Lead Case No. 1:06CV064294 (collectively, the “Derivative Actions”);
     WHEREAS, the SLC has reached an agreement in principle with the plaintiffs in the Derivative Actions under which all claims asserted on Juniper’s behalf in the Derivative Actions will be assigned to Juniper;
     WHEREAS, the SLC believes that the factual record with respect to the claims asserted against Kriens in the Derivative Actions may be incomplete at this time due to Lisa Berry’s failure to cooperate in the investigations by Juniper’s Audit Committee and SLC, and therefore the SLC has concluded, out of an abundance of caution, that the claims asserted against Kriens should be dismissed without prejudice and preserved so that the SLC can make a final determination, based upon further developments in the S.E.C. v. Berry lawsuit and any other potential governmental actions against Defendant Berry arising out of or related to her conduct while employed at Juniper, as to whether the claims against Kriens should be pursued in whole or in part;
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree as follows:
     1. This Tolling Agreement applies to any claims Juniper may have against Kriens arising out of or related to Juniper’s stock option granting practices (including but not limited to any claims that have been asserted previously against Kriens in the Derivative Actions and are being assigned to Juniper in connection with the partial settlement of the Derivative Actions), and any counter-claims that Kriens may raise against Juniper in response to the assertion of such claims. Such claims and counter-claims are collectively referred to as “Claims” in this Tolling Agreement.
     2. Any statute of limitations and any other defense in law or equity relating solely to the passage of time is tolled from the Effective Date of this Tolling Agreement with respect to the Claims.
     3. Juniper will dismiss, without prejudice, all claims against Kriens in the Derivative Actions. In any subsequent action brought directly by Juniper against Kriens, or in the event Juniper seeks to add Kriens as a defendant in In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Derivative Litigation pending in California state court, referred to above, Kriens agrees not to raise as a defense the fact that Juniper’s claims against him in the Derivative Actions were dismissed without prejudice.

 

     4. Kriens agrees not to object to, or otherwise oppose the partial settlement of the Derivative Actions as set forth in that certain Stipulation of Settlement between Juniper and all parties to those actions except Kriens, Marcel Gani and Lisa Berry (attached hereto as Exhibit A).
     5. This Tolling Agreement may be terminated by mutual written agreement of the Parties at any time. This Tolling Agreement may also be terminated unilaterally by either Party upon written notice to the other Party. In the case of termination by Kriens said notice shall be delivered by e-mail and registered mail to Scott B. Schreiber, Arnold & Porter, 555 Twelfth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20004, scott.schreiber@aporter.com; and in the case of termination by Juniper said notice shall be delivered by e-mail and registered mail to Nina F. Locker, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304, nlocker@wsgr.com. The termination pursuant to said notice shall be effective sixty (60) days after the date said notice is sent.
     6. Unless terminated earlier pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 4 above, this Tolling Agreement will automatically terminate twelve (12) months from its Effective Date.
     7. The Effective Date of this Tolling Agreement is the date of entry by the United States District Court for the Northern District of California of an Order dismissing without prejudice all claims asserted against Kriens in In re Juniper Networks, Inc. Derivative Actions , United States District Court for the Northern District of California, Case No. C 06-03396 JW ..
     8. Nothing in this Tolling Agreement shall be taken as an admission by any of the Parties as to the applicability, running, expiration or non-expiration of any statute of limitations or similar rule of law or equity prior to the Effective Date of this Tolling Agreement.
     9. Nothing in this Tolling Agreement shall have the effect of reviving any Claims that are otherwise barred by the applicable statute of limitations or similar rule of law or equity prior to the Effective Date of this Tolling Agreement.
     10. This Tolling Agreement is not, and shall not be construed to be, an admission or indication that either Party bears any actual or potential liability to any other person (whether or not a Party to this Tolling Agreement) on any claims whatsoever, nor shall it be asserted or construed to be a waiver of any claim that either Party may have against the other Party.
     11. No waiver, modification, extension or addition to this Tolling Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the Parties.
     12. This Tolling Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to its conflict of laws principles.
     13. This Tolling Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives.
 2 

 

     14. This Tolling Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. A faxed signature shall be deemed an original signature for the purpose of this Tolling Agreement.
 	 	 	 	 	
DATED: August 25, 2008	 	/s/ Scott Kriens	
 	 	 	
 	 	Scott Kriens	
 	 	 	 	 	
DATED: August 25, 2008	 	JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Scott B. Schreiber	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Scott B. Schreiber	
 	 	Arnold & Porter LLP	
 	 	Counsel for Juniper Networks, Inc.,	
 	 	by its Special Litigation Committee	
 3 

EXHIBIT 10.4
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
     This Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into by and between                      (the “Employee”) and Juniper Networks, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”), effective as of                      , 2008 (the “Effective Date”).
RECITALS
     The Compensation Committee believes that it is imperative to provide the Employee with certain severance benefits upon certain terminations of employment. These benefits will provide the Employee with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.
     Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined below.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall terminate upon the later of (i) January 1, 2013 or (ii) if Employee is terminated involuntarily by Company without Cause prior to January 1, 2013, the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.
     2.  At-Will Employment . The Company and the Employee acknowledge that the Employee’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law, except as may otherwise be specifically provided by applicable law or under the terms of any written formal employment agreement or offer letter between the Company and the Employee (an “Employment Agreement”). This Agreement does not constitute an agreement to employ Employee for any specific time.
     3.  Severance Benefits .
          (a) In the event the Employee is terminated involuntarily by Company without Cause, as defined below, and provided the Employee executes and does not revoke a full release of claims with the Company (in a form satisfactory to the Company and effective no later than March 15 of the year following the year in which the termination occurs) (the “Release”), the Employee will be entitled to receive the severance benefits set out in subsections (i) and (ii). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” is defined as: (i) willfully engaging in gross misconduct that is demonstrably injurious to Company; (ii) willful act or acts of dishonesty or malfeasance undertaken by the individual; (iii) conviction of or a plea of nolo contendere to a felony; or (iv) willful and continued refusal or failure to substantially perform duties with

 

Company (other than incapacity due to physical or mental illness); provided that the action or conduct described in clause (iv) above will constitute “Cause” only if such failure continues after the Company’s CEO, COO or Board of Directors has provided the individual with a written demand for substantial performance setting forth in detail the specific respects in which it believes the individual has willfully and not substantially performed the individual’s duties thereof and has been provided a reasonable opportunity (to be not less than 30 days) to cure the same.
          (i) A cash payment in a lump sum (less any withholding taxes) equal to (x) an amount equal to six months of base salary (as in effect immediately prior to the termination) and (y) an amount equal to half of the Employee’s annual target bonus (as in effect immediately prior to the termination) for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs.
          (ii) Company-paid continuation of Employee’s medical, dental, vision and life insurance (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Employee’s termination) for a period of six months.
     (b)  Release Effectiveness . The receipt of any severance pursuant to Section 3(a) will be subject to Employee signing and not revoking the Release and provided that such Release is effective within sixty (60) days following the termination of employment. No severance pursuant to such Section will be paid or provided until the Release becomes effective. In the event the termination occurs at a time during the calendar year where it would be possible for the Release to become effective in the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee’s termination occurs, any severance that would be considered Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits (as defined in Section 3(d)) will be paid on the first payroll date to occur during the calendar year following the calendar year in which such termination occurs.
     (c)  Timing of Severance Payments . Any cash severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company to Employee in a single lump sum in cash on the Release’s effective date.
     (d)  Change of Control Benefits . In the event the Employee receives severance and other benefits pursuant to a change in control agreement that are greater than or equal to the amounts payable hereunder, then the Employee shall not be entitled to receive severance or any other benefits under this Agreement.
     (e)  Section 409A .
          (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) at the time of Employee’s termination (other than due to death) or resignation, then the severance payable to Employee, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six
 -2- 

 

(6) months and one (1) day following the date of Employee’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following his termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Employee’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
          (ii) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.
          (iii) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that do not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above. “Section 409A Limit” will mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Employee during the Employee’s taxable year preceding the Employee’s taxable year of Employee’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Employee’s employment is terminated.
          (iv) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.
     4.  Successors .
          (a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 4(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law. The term “Company” shall also include any direct or indirect that is majority owned by Juniper Networks, Inc.
 -3- 

 

          (b) The Employee’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
     5.  Notice . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, shall be effective when given, and shall in any event be deemed to be given upon receipt or, if earlier, (a) five (5) days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service or other applicable postal service, if delivered by first class mail, postage prepaid, (b) upon delivery, if delivered by hand, (c) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with Federal Express or similar overnight courier, freight prepaid or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of facsimile transmission, if delivered by facsimile transmission with copy by first class mail, postage prepaid, and shall be addressed (i) if to Employee, at his or her last known residential address and (ii) if to the Company, at the address of its principal corporate offices (attention: Secretary), or in any such case at such other address as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions above.
     6.  Miscellaneous Provisions .
          (a) No Duty to Mitigate . The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that the Employee may receive from any other source.
          (b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
          (c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.
          (d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
          (e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. The Superior Court of Santa Clara County and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of California shall have exclusive jurisdiction and venue over all controversies in connection with this Agreement.
          (f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
 -4- 

 

          (g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income and employment taxes.
          (h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.
 	 	 	 	 	
 COMPANY	 	JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	

 	 	Name:	 	 	

 	 	Title:	 	 	

EMPLOYEE	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	
 	 	Name:	
 -5- 

EXHIBIT 10.5
JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
As amended August 26, 2008
1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Service Providers and Outside Directors and to promote the success of the Company’s business.
     Awards to Service Providers granted hereunder may be Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents, at the discretion of the Administrator and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreement. This Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the automatic, non-discretionary award of Nonstatutory Stock Options to Outside Directors.
2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:
     (a) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
     (b) “ Annual Revenue ” shall mean the Company’s or a business unit’s net sales for the Fiscal Year, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (c) “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean the legal requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under California corporate and securities laws and the Code.
     (d) “ Award ” shall mean, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents.
     (e) “ Award Agreement ” shall mean the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     (f) “ Awarded Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Award.
     (g) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
     (h) “ Cash Position ” shall mean the Company’s level of cash and cash equivalents.

 

     (i) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (j) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.
     (k) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors or a sub-committee appointed by the Board’s designated committee in accordance with Section 4(a) of the Plan, if one is appointed.
     (l) “ Company ” shall mean Juniper Networks, Inc.
     (m) “ Consultant ” shall mean any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services; provided, however, that the term “Consultant” shall not include Outside Directors, unless such Outside Directors are compensated for services to the Company other than through payment of director’s fees and Option grants under Section 11 hereof.
     (n) “ Continuous Status as a Director ” means that the Director relationship is not interrupted or terminated.
     (o) “ Deferred Stock Unit ” means a deferred stock unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 16.
     (p) “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.
     (q) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.
     (r) “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a credit, payable in cash, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as the related Shares subject to an Award, at the discretion of the Administrator.
     (s) “ Earnings Per Share ” shall mean as to any Fiscal Year, the Company’s or a business unit’s Net Income, divided by a weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive common equivalent shares deemed outstanding, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (t) “ Employee ” shall mean any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91 st day of such leave any Incentive Stock
 -2- 

 

Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
     (u) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (v) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
          (i) If the Common Stock is listed on a stock exchange, the fair market value per Share shall be the closing price on such exchange, as reported in the Wall Street Journal on the date of determination or, if the date of determination is not a trading day, the immediately preceding trading day;
          (ii) If there is a public market for the Common Stock, the fair market value per Share shall be the mean of the bid and asked prices, or closing price in the event quotations for the Common Stock are reported on the National Market System, of the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (NASDAQ) System); or
          (iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
     (w) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.
     (x) “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
     (y) “ Net Income ” shall mean as to any Fiscal Year, the income after taxes of the Company for the Fiscal Year determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (z) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
     (aa) “ Officer ” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
     (bb) “ Operating Cash Flow ” shall mean the Company’s or a business unit’s sum of Net Income plus depreciation and amortization less capital expenditures plus changes in working capital comprised of accounts receivable, inventories, other current assets, trade accounts payable, accrued expenses, product warranty, advance payments from customers and long-term accrued expenses, determined in accordance with generally acceptable accounting principles.
     (cc) “ Operating Income ” shall mean the Company’s or a business unit’s income from operations determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 -3- 

 

     (dd) “ Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan. (ee) “ Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.
     (ff) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee or Consultant.
     (gg) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
     (hh) “ Participant ” shall mean an Employee or Consultant who receives an Award.
     (ii) “ Performance Goals ” shall mean the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Committee (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Committee, the Performance Goals applicable to an Award may provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement using one or more of the following measures: (a) Annual Revenue, (b) Cash Position, (c) Earnings Per Share, (d) Net Income, (e) Operating Cash Flow, (f) Operating Income, (g) Return on Assets, (h) Return on Equity, (i) Return on Sales, and (j) Total Stockholder Return. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from Award to Award. The Administrator shall appropriately adjust any evaluation of performance under a Performance Goal to exclude (i) any extraordinary non-recurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial conditions and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the applicable year, or (ii) the effect of any changes in accounting principles affecting the Company’s or a business units’ reported results.
     (jj) “ Performance Share ” shall mean a performance share Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 14.
     (kk) “ Performance Unit ” means a performance unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 15.
     (ll) “ Plan ” shall mean this 1986 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
     (mm) “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean a restricted stock Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.
     (nn) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 13. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.
     (oo) “ Return on Assets ” shall mean the percentage equal to the Company’s or a business unit’s Operating Income before incentive compensation, divided by average net Company or business unit, as applicable, assets, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 -4- 

 

     (pp) “ Return on Equity ” shall mean the percentage equal to the Company’s Net Income divided by average shareholder’s equity, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (qq) “ Return on Sales ” shall mean the percentage equal to the Company’s or a business unit’s Operating Income before incentive compensation, divided by the Company’s or the business unit’s, as applicable, revenue, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (rr) “ Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
     (ss) “ Section 16(b) ” shall mean Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
     (tt) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee or Consultant.
     (uu) “ Share ” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 21 of the Plan.
     (vv) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 9 below.
     (ww) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
     (xx) “ Total Stockholder Return ” shall mean the total return (change in share price plus reinvestment of any dividends) of a share of the Company’s common stock.
3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 21 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 64,500,000 shares of Common Stock plus any Shares subject to any options under the Company’s 2000 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan and 1996 Stock Incentive Plan that are outstanding on the date this Plan becomes effective and that subsequently expire unexercised , up to a maximum of an additional 75,000,000 Shares . All of the shares issuable under the Plan may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
     Any Shares subject to Options or SARs shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as one Share for every Share subject thereto. Any Shares subject to Performance Shares, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units with a per share or unit purchase price lower than 100% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant shall be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as two and one-tenth Shares for every one Share subject thereto. To the extent that a Share that was subject to an Award that counted as two and one-tenth Shares against the Plan reserve pursuant to the preceding sentence is recycled back into the Plan under the next paragraph of this Section 3, the Plan shall be credited with two and one-tenth Shares.
     If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or
 -5- 

 

repurchased by the Company at its original purchase price due to such Award failing to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options and SARs, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to SARs, when an SAR is exercised, the shares subject to a SAR grant agreement shall be counted against the numerical limits of Section 3 above, as one share for every share subject thereto, regardless of the number of shares used to settle the SAR upon exercise (i.e., shares withheld to satisfy the exercise price of an SAR shall not remain available for issuance under the Plan). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price or are forfeited to the Company due to such Awards failing to vest, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Shares used to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than stock, such cash payment shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Any payout of Dividend Equivalents or Performance Units, because they are payable only in cash, shall not reduce the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Conversely, any forfeiture of Dividend Equivalents or Performance Units shall not increase the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.
4. Administration of the Plan .
     (a)  Procedure .
          (i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Applicable Laws, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.
          (ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting solely of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
          (iii) Administration With Respect to Officers Subject to Section 16(b) . With respect to Option grants made to Employees who are also Officers subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which committee shall be constituted to comply with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.
 -6- 

 

          (iv) Administration With Respect to Other Persons . With respect to Award grants made to Employees or Consultants who are not Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, (B) a committee designated by the Board, or (C) a sub-committee designated by the designated committee, which committee or sub-committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
          (v) Administration With Respect to Automatic Grants to Outside Directors . Automatic Grants to Outside Directors shall be pursuant to a non-discretionary formula as set forth in Section 11 hereof and therefore shall not be subject to any discretionary administration.
     (b)  Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the non-discretionary automatic grant to Outside Director provisions of Section 11), and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
          (i) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 2(v) of the Plan;
          (ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
          (iii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;
          (iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
          (v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
          (vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards vest or may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions (subject to compliance with applicable laws, including Code Section 409A), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided, however, that with respect to Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units vesting solely based on continuing as a Service Provider, they will vest in full no earlier (except if accelerated pursuant to Section 21 hereof or pursuant to change of control severance agreements entered into by and between the Company and any Service Provider) than the three (3) year anniversary of the grant date; provided, further, that if vesting is not solely based on continuing as a Service Provider, they will vest in full no earlier (except if
 -7- 

 

accelerated pursuant to Section 21 hereof or pursuant to change of control severance agreements entered into by and between the Company and any Service Provider) than the one (1) year anniversary of the grant date;
          (vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;
          (viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan;
          (ix) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 7 and Section 24(c) of the Plan);
          (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
          (xi) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Awards;
          (xii) to determine whether Awards will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents and whether such Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to vesting; and
          (xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.
     (c)  Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of any Awards granted under the Plan.
5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted only to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. A Service Provider who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Award or Awards. Outside Directors may only be granted Awards as specified in Section 11 hereof.
6. Code Section 162(m) Provisions .
     (a)  Option and SAR Annual Share Limit . Subject to Section 7 below, no Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to purchase more than 2,000,000 Shares; provided, however, that such limit shall be 4,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
     (b)  Restricted Stock, Performance Share and Restricted Stock Unit Annual Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, more than 1,000,000 Shares in the aggregate of the following: (i) Restricted Stock, (ii) Performance Shares, or (iii) Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that such limit shall be 2,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
 -8- 

 

     (c)  Performance Units Annual Limit . No Participant shall receive Performance Units, in any Fiscal Year, having an initial value greater than $2,000,000, provided, however, that such limit shall be $4,000,000 in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.
     (d)  Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Administrator on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units which are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).
     (e)  Changes in Capitalization . The numerical limitations in Sections 6(a) and (b) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 16(a).
7. No Repricing . The exercise price for an Option or SAR may not be reduced without the consent of the Company’s stockholders. This shall include, without limitation, a repricing of the Option or SAR as well as an Option or SAR exchange program whereby the Participant agrees to cancel an existing Option in exchange for an Option, SAR or other Award. If an Option or SAR is cancelled in the same Fiscal Year in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 14), the cancelled Option or SAR as well as any replacement Option or SAR will be counted against the limits set forth in section 6(a) above.  Moreover, if the exercise price of an Option or SAR is reduced, the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.
8. Stock Options .
     (a)  Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Participant’s incentive stock options granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 8(a), incentive stock options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.
     (b)  Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that the term shall be seven (7) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock
 -9- 

 

Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.
     (c)  Exercise Price and Consideration .
          (i) The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:
               (A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
                    (1) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
                    (2) granted to any Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
               (B) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
          (ii) Except with respect to automatic stock option grants to Outside Directors, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator and may consist entirely of cash; check;; delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Committee and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required; or any combination of such methods of payment, or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted under Applicable Law.
9. Stock Appreciation Rights.
     (a)  Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(a) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant.
     (b)  Exercise Price and other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant. Otherwise, subject to Section 6(a) of the Plan, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan; provided, however, that no SAR may have a term of more than seven(=7) years from the date of grant.
 -10- 

 

     (c)  Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
          (i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times
          (ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
     (d)  Payment upon Exercise of SAR . At the discretion of the Administrator, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, payment for a SAR may be in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. If the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the SAR may only be in Shares.
     (e)  SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, whether it may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
     (f)  Expiration of SARs . A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.
10. Exercise of Option or SAR .
     (a)  Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Participant, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.
     An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
     An Option or SAR shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR by the person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and, with respect to Options only, full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. With respect to Options only, full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(d) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 21 of the Plan.
     (b)  Termination of Status as a Service Provider . If an Employee or Consultant ceases to serve as a Service Provider, he or she may, but only within 90 days (or such other period of time as is determined by the Administrator and as set forth in the Option or SAR Agreement) after the date he or she ceases to be a Service Provider, exercise his or her Option or
 -11- 

 

SAR to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise the Option or SAR at the date of such termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option or SAR (which he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate.
     (c)  Disability . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option or SAR is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.
     (d)  Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option or SAR may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option or SAR may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option or SAR is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. If the Option or SAR is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.
11. Automatic Stock Option Grants to Outside Directors .
     (a)  Procedure for Grants . All grants of Options to Outside Directors under this Plan shall be automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:
          (i) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.
          (ii) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 50,000 Shares (the “First Option”) upon the date on which such person first becomes a Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy.
 -12- 

 

          (iii) At each of the Company’s annual stockholder meetings (A) each Outside Director who was an Outside Director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholder meeting shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 20,000 Shares, and (B) each Outside Director who was not an Outside Director on the date of the prior year’s annual stockholder meeting shall receive an option covering the number of Shares determined by multiplying 20,000 Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days since the Outside Director received their First Option, and the denominator of which is 365, rounded down to the nearest whole Share (the “Annual Option”).
          (iv) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (ii) and (iii) hereof, in the event that an automatic grant hereunder would cause the number of Shares subject to outstanding Options plus the number of Shares previously purchased upon exercise of Options to exceed the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, then each such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for grant by the number of Outside Directors on the automatic grant date. Any further grants shall then be deferred until such time, if any, as additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan.
          (v) The terms of an Option granted hereunder shall be as follows:
               (A) the term of the Option shall be seven (7) years.
               (B) the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director remains a Director of the Company, except as set forth in subsection (c) hereof.
               (C) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant of the Option.
               (D) the First Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/36 th of the covered Shares each month following the grant date, with the last 1/36 th vesting on the day prior to the Company’s annual stockholder meeting in the third calendar year following the date of grant, so as to become 100% vested on the approximately three-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant maintaining Continuous Status as a Director on each vesting date.
               (E) the Annual Option shall vest and become exercisable at to 1/12 th of the covered Shares each month following the grant date, with the last 1/12 th vesting on the day prior to the Company’s annual stockholder meeting in the calendar year following the date of grant, so as to become 100% vested on the approximately one year anniversary of the grant date, subject to the Participant maintaining Continuous Status as a Director on each vesting date.
     (b)  Consideration for Exercising Outside Director Stock Options . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an automatic Outside Director Option shall consist entirely of cash, check, and to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and the broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the
 -13- 

 

Company of the sale proceeds required to pay the exercise price, or any combination of such methods of payment.
     (c)  Post-Directorship Exercisability . If an Outside Director ceases to serve as a Director, (including pursuant to his or her death or Disability) he or she may, but only within 90 days , after the date he or she ceases to be a Director of the Company, exercise his or her Option to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise an Option at the date of such termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.
12. Restricted Stock .
     (a)  Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (including the minimum vesting periods specified in Section 4(b)(vi)), Restricted Stock may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Restricted Stock award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on continued provision of services but may include a performance-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant, vesting or issuance of Restricted Stock.
     (b)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan; provided that Restricted Stock may only be issued in the form of Shares. Restricted Stock grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock or the restricted stock unit is awarded. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Restricted Stock Award agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
     (c)  Restricted Stock Award Agreement . Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify the purchase price (if any) and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided; however, that if the Restricted Stock grant has a purchase price, such purchase price must be paid no more than seven (7) years following the date of grant.
13. Restricted Stock Units .
     (a)  Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it shall advise the Participant in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 6(b) hereof, may be left to the discretion of the Administrator.
 -14- 

 

     (b)  Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator shall set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
     (c)  Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.
     (d)  Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. If the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the Restricted Stock Units may only be in Shares.
     (e)  Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company.
14. Performance Shares .
     (a)  Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Performance Share award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Shares. Performance Shares shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the equivalent of one Share for purposes of determining the number of Shares subject to an Award. Until the Shares are issued, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the units to acquire Shares.
     (b)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Shares granted under the Plan. Performance Share grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Shares Award Agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
 -15- 

 

     (c)  Performance Share Award Agreement . Each Performance Share grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
15. Performance Units .
     (a)  Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units are similar to Performance Shares, except that they shall be settled in a cash equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, determined as of the vesting date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the cash equivalent of one Share of Common Stock. No right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Performance Units or the cash payable thereunder.
     (b)  Number of Performance Units . Subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units granted to any Participant.
     (c)  Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Units granted under the Plan. Performance Unit grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the grant is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Unit agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the units awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.
     (d)  Performance Unit Award Agreement . Each Performance Unit grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.
16. Deferred Stock Units .
     (a)  Description . Deferred Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Deferred Stock Units shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors until distributed to the Participant.
 -16- 

 

     (b)  162(m) Limits . Deferred Stock Units shall be subject to the annual 162(m) limits applicable to the underlying Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award as set forth in Section 6 hereof.
17. Leaves of Absence . If as a condition to be granted an unpaid leave of absence by the Company, a Participant agrees that vesting shall be suspended during all or a portion of such leave of absence, (except as otherwise required by Applicable Laws) vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall cease during such agreed upon portion of the unpaid leave of absence and shall only recommence upon return to active service.
18. Part-Time Service . Unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, if as a condition to being permitted to work on a less than full-time basis, the Participant agrees that any service-based vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be extended on a proportionate basis in connection with such transition to a less than a full-time basis, vesting shall be adjusted in accordance with such agreement. Such vesting shall be proportionately re-adjusted prospectively in the event that the Employee subsequently becomes regularly scheduled to work additional hours of service.
19. Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as determined otherwise by the Administrator in its sole discretion (but never a transfer in exchange for value), Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Administrator.
20. Stock Withholding to Satisfy Withholding Tax Obligations . When a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise, vesting or payout, as applicable, of an Award, which tax liability is subject to tax withholding under applicable tax laws, and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable tax laws, the Participant may satisfy the withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or SAR or the Shares to be issued upon payout or vesting of the other Award, if any, that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”).
     All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in writing in a form acceptable to the Administrator and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
     (a) the election must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date; and
     (b) all elections shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.
     In the event the election to have Shares subject to an Award withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares
 -17- 

 

with respect to which the Option or SAR is exercised or other Award is vested but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.
21. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Asset Sale .
     (a)  Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award, the annual share limitations under Sections 6(a) and (b) hereof, and the number of Shares subject to ongoing automatic First Option and Annual Option grants to Outside Directors under Section 11 hereof shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.
     (b)  Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion (but not with respect to Options granted to Outside Directors) may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Option or SAR until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised (with respect to Options and SARs) or vested (with respect to other Awards), an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.
     (c)  Merger or Asset Sale .
          (i)  Stock Options and SARs . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each
 -18- 

 

outstanding Option and SAR shall be assumed or an equivalent option or SAR substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option or SAR, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option or SAR as to all of the Awarded Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option or SAR becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or asset sale, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or SAR shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and the Option or SAR shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. With respect to Options granted to Outside Directors, in the event that the Outside Director is required to terminate his or her position as an Outside Director at the request of the acquiring entity within 12 months following such merger or asset sale, each outstanding Option held by such Outside Director shall become fully vested and exercisable, including as to Shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable, unless the Board, in its discretion, determines otherwise.
          (ii) Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units and Dividend Equivalents . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, each outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) shall be assumed or an equivalent Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent), the Participant shall fully vest in the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent), including as to Shares (or with respect to Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units, the cash equivalent thereof) which would not otherwise be vested. For the purposes of this paragraph, a Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share, Performance Unit, Dividend Equivalent and Deferred Stock Unit award (and any related Dividend Equivalent) shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or asset sale, the award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share (or with respect to Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units, the cash equivalent thereof) subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or asset sale, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or asset sale by holders of the Company’s common stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or asset sale is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received, for each Share and each unit/right to acquire a Share subject to the Award (other than Dividend Equivalents and Performance Units) to be solely common stock of the successor
 -19- 

 

corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of the Company’s common stock in the merger or asset sale.
22. Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
23. Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until March 1, 2016 .
24. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .
     (a)  Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.
     (b)  Shareholder Approval . The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted). Such shareholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.
     (c)  Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.
25. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
     As a condition to the exercise or payout, as applicable, of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or SAR, or in the case of another Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent or Performance Unit), the person receiving the Shares upon vesting, to render to the Company a written statement containing such representations and warranties as, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, may be required to ensure compliance with any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law, including a representation that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.
26. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body
 -20- 

 

having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 -21- 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Kevin R. Johnson, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Juniper Networks, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	(b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	(c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 		
 	(d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	(a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 		
 	(b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: November 7, 2008
 	 	 	
/s/ Kevin R. Johnson
 	 	 	
Kevin R. Johnson	 	 	
Chief Executive Officer	 	 	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Robyn M. Denholm, certify that:

1.	 	I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Juniper Networks, Inc.;	
 		
2.	 	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;	
 		
3.	 	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;	
 		
4.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:	

 	(a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	
 		
 	(b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	
 		
 	(c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	
 		
 	(d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	

5.	 	The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):	

 	(a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	
 		
 	(b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
Date: November 7, 2008
 	 	 	
/s/ Robyn M. Denholm
 	 	 	
Robyn M. Denholm	 	 	
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	

Exhibit 32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 As Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     I, Kevin R. Johnson, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Juniper Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	 	
/s/ Kevin R. Johnson
 	 	 	
Kevin R. Johnson	 	 	
Chief Executive Officer	 	 	
November 7, 2008	 	 	

Exhibit 32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 As Adopted
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     I, Robyn M. Denholm, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Quarterly Report of Juniper Networks, Inc. on Form 10-Q for the three months ended September 30, 2008 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Juniper Networks, Inc.
 	 	 	
/s/ Robyn M. Denholm
 	 	 	
Robyn M. Denholm	 	 	
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
November 7, 2008